| /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ |
| #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H |
| #define __NET_CFG80211_H |
| /* |
| * 802.11 device and configuration interface |
| * |
| * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> |
| * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH |
| * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH |
| * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation |
| */ |
| |
| #include <linux/ethtool.h> |
| #include <linux/netdevice.h> |
| #include <linux/debugfs.h> |
| #include <linux/list.h> |
| #include <linux/bug.h> |
| #include <linux/netlink.h> |
| #include <linux/skbuff.h> |
| #include <linux/nl80211.h> |
| #include <linux/if_ether.h> |
| #include <linux/ieee80211.h> |
| #include <linux/net.h> |
| #include <net/regulatory.h> |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: Introduction |
| * |
| * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges |
| * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated |
| * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used |
| * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent |
| * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers |
| * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. |
| * |
| * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum |
| * use restrictions. |
| */ |
| |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: Device registration |
| * |
| * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device |
| * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs |
| * described below. |
| * |
| * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each |
| * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each |
| * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with |
| * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's |
| * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes |
| * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the |
| * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating |
| * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the |
| * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. |
| * |
| * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has |
| * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and |
| * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. |
| */ |
| |
| struct wiphy; |
| |
| /* |
| * wireless hardware capability structures |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags |
| * |
| * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. |
| * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes |
| * sending probe requests or beaconing. |
| * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. |
| * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel |
| * is not permitted. |
| * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel |
| * is not permitted. |
| * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. |
| * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, |
| * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this |
| * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. |
| * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth |
| * restrictions. |
| * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, |
| * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this |
| * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. |
| * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth |
| * restrictions. |
| * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY |
| * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT |
| * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted |
| * on this channel. |
| * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted |
| * on this channel. |
| * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. |
| * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted |
| * on this channel. |
| * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted |
| * on this channel. |
| * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted |
| * on this channel. |
| * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted |
| * on this channel. |
| * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted |
| * on this channel. |
| * |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_channel_flags { |
| IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, |
| IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, |
| /* hole at 1<<2 */ |
| IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, |
| IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, |
| IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, |
| IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, |
| IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, |
| IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, |
| IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, |
| IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, |
| IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, |
| IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, |
| IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, |
| IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14, |
| IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15, |
| IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16, |
| IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17, |
| IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18, |
| }; |
| |
| #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ |
| (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) |
| |
| #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 |
| #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition |
| * |
| * This structure describes a single channel for use |
| * with cfg80211. |
| * |
| * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz |
| * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz |
| * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel |
| * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. |
| * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory |
| * code to support devices with additional restrictions |
| * @band: band this channel belongs to. |
| * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi |
| * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) |
| * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) |
| * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon |
| * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() |
| * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. |
| * @orig_mag: internal use |
| * @orig_mpwr: internal use |
| * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required |
| * on this channel. |
| * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. |
| * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_channel { |
| enum nl80211_band band; |
| u32 center_freq; |
| u16 freq_offset; |
| u16 hw_value; |
| u32 flags; |
| int max_antenna_gain; |
| int max_power; |
| int max_reg_power; |
| bool beacon_found; |
| u32 orig_flags; |
| int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; |
| enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; |
| unsigned long dfs_state_entered; |
| unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags |
| * |
| * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured |
| * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for |
| * different bands/PHY modes. |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short |
| * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and |
| * with CCK rates. |
| * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate |
| * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the |
| * core code when registering the wiphy. |
| * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate |
| * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the |
| * core code when registering the wiphy. |
| * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate |
| * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the |
| * core code when registering the wiphy. |
| * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. |
| * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode |
| * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_rate_flags { |
| IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, |
| IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, |
| IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, |
| IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, |
| IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, |
| IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, |
| IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS |
| * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS |
| * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS |
| * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS |
| * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_bss_type { |
| IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, |
| IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, |
| IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, |
| IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, |
| IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set |
| * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear |
| * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_privacy { |
| IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, |
| IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, |
| IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY |
| }; |
| |
| #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ |
| ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition |
| * |
| * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can |
| * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short |
| * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are |
| * passed around. |
| * |
| * @flags: rate-specific flags |
| * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps |
| * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate |
| * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when |
| * short preamble is used |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_rate { |
| u32 flags; |
| u16 bitrate; |
| u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse |
| * |
| * @enable: is the feature enabled. |
| * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. |
| * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset |
| * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use |
| * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use |
| * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by |
| * members of the SRG |
| * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values |
| * used by members of the SRG |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { |
| bool enable; |
| u8 sr_ctrl; |
| u8 non_srg_max_offset; |
| u8 min_offset; |
| u8 max_offset; |
| u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; |
| u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring |
| * |
| * @color: the current color. |
| * @enabled: HE BSS color is used |
| * @partial: define the AID equation. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { |
| u8 color; |
| bool enabled; |
| bool partial; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities |
| * |
| * This structure describes most essential parameters needed |
| * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. |
| * |
| * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA |
| * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec |
| * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor |
| * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing |
| * @mcs: Supported MCS rates |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { |
| u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ |
| bool ht_supported; |
| u8 ampdu_factor; |
| u8 ampdu_density; |
| struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities |
| * |
| * This structure describes most essential parameters needed |
| * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. |
| * |
| * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA |
| * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec |
| * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { |
| bool vht_supported; |
| u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ |
| struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; |
| }; |
| |
| #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities |
| * |
| * This structure describes most essential parameters needed |
| * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. |
| * |
| * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. |
| * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. |
| * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. |
| * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { |
| bool has_he; |
| struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; |
| struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; |
| u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data |
| * |
| * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the |
| * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the |
| * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. |
| * |
| * @types_mask: interface types mask |
| * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities |
| * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a |
| * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { |
| u16 types_mask; |
| struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; |
| struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations |
| * |
| * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz |
| * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz |
| * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz |
| * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz |
| * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz |
| * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz |
| * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz |
| * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and |
| * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz |
| * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and |
| * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz |
| * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and |
| * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz |
| * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz |
| * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz |
| * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, |
| * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz |
| */ |
| enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { |
| IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, |
| IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, |
| IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, |
| IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, |
| IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, |
| IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, |
| IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, |
| IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, |
| IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, |
| IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, |
| IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, |
| IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration |
| * |
| * This structure describes most essential parameters needed |
| * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration |
| * |
| * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) |
| * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. |
| * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. |
| * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. |
| * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes |
| * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_edmg { |
| u8 channels; |
| enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities |
| * |
| * This structure describes most essential parameters needed |
| * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. |
| * |
| * @s1g_supported: is STA an S1G STA |
| * @cap: S1G capabilities information |
| * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { |
| bool s1g; |
| u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ |
| u8 nss_mcs[5]; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition |
| * |
| * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy |
| * is able to operate in. |
| * |
| * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with |
| * in this band. |
| * @band: the band this structure represents |
| * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels |
| * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with |
| * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported |
| * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. |
| * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates |
| * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band |
| * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band |
| * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band |
| * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band |
| * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course) |
| * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries |
| * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in |
| * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only |
| * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of |
| * iftype_data). |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_supported_band { |
| struct ieee80211_channel *channels; |
| struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; |
| enum nl80211_band band; |
| int n_channels; |
| int n_bitrates; |
| struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; |
| struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; |
| struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; |
| struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; |
| u16 n_iftype_data; |
| const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype |
| * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on |
| * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype |
| * |
| * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found |
| */ |
| static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * |
| ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
| u8 iftype) |
| { |
| int i; |
| |
| if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { |
| const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = |
| &sband->iftype_data[i]; |
| |
| if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) |
| return data; |
| } |
| |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype |
| * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on |
| * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype |
| * |
| * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found |
| */ |
| static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * |
| ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
| u8 iftype) |
| { |
| const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = |
| ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); |
| |
| if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) |
| return &data->he_cap; |
| |
| return NULL; |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA |
| * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on |
| * |
| * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found |
| */ |
| static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * |
| ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband) |
| { |
| return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities |
| * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on |
| * @iftype: the iftype to search for |
| * |
| * Return: the 6GHz capabilities |
| */ |
| static inline __le16 |
| ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
| enum nl80211_iftype iftype) |
| { |
| const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = |
| ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); |
| |
| if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) |
| return 0; |
| |
| return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree |
| * |
| * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for |
| * |
| * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful |
| * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board |
| * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). |
| * |
| * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable |
| * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with |
| * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make |
| * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified |
| * without affecting other devices. |
| * |
| * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. |
| * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. |
| * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). |
| */ |
| #ifdef CONFIG_OF |
| void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
| #else /* CONFIG_OF */ |
| static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) |
| { |
| } |
| #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ |
| |
| |
| /* |
| * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: Actions and configuration |
| * |
| * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration |
| * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these |
| * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these |
| * operations use are described separately. |
| * |
| * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status |
| * information via some functions that drivers need to call. |
| * |
| * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described |
| * in a separate chapter. |
| */ |
| |
| #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ |
| WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) |
| |
| /** |
| * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters |
| * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise |
| * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set |
| * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames |
| * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. |
| * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may |
| * determine the address as needed. |
| * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the |
| * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating |
| ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. |
| * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets |
| * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed |
| * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring |
| * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed |
| */ |
| struct vif_params { |
| u32 flags; |
| int use_4addr; |
| u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; |
| const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; |
| const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct key_params - key information |
| * |
| * Information about a key |
| * |
| * @key: key material |
| * @key_len: length of key material |
| * @cipher: cipher suite selector |
| * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used |
| * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, |
| * length given by @seq_len. |
| * @seq_len: length of @seq. |
| * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) |
| * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) |
| */ |
| struct key_params { |
| const u8 *key; |
| const u8 *seq; |
| int key_len; |
| int seq_len; |
| u16 vlan_id; |
| u32 cipher; |
| enum nl80211_key_mode mode; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition |
| * @chan: the (control) channel |
| * @width: channel width |
| * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment |
| * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment |
| * (only with 80+80 MHz) |
| * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. |
| * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), |
| * chan will define the primary channel and all other |
| * parameters are ignored. |
| * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def { |
| struct ieee80211_channel *chan; |
| enum nl80211_chan_width width; |
| u32 center_freq1; |
| u32 center_freq2; |
| struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; |
| u16 freq1_offset; |
| }; |
| |
| /* |
| * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { |
| struct { |
| u32 legacy; |
| u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; |
| u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; |
| u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; |
| enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; |
| enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; |
| enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; |
| } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
| }; |
| |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration |
| * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration |
| * of the peer. |
| * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify |
| * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, |
| * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. |
| * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID |
| * @retry_long: retry count value |
| * @retry_short: retry count value |
| * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation |
| * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS |
| * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation |
| * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type |
| * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { |
| bool config_override; |
| u8 tids; |
| u64 mask; |
| enum nl80211_tid_config noack; |
| u8 retry_long, retry_short; |
| enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; |
| enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; |
| enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; |
| enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; |
| struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration |
| * @peer: Station's MAC address |
| * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied |
| * @tid_conf: Configuration change info |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_tid_config { |
| const u8 *peer; |
| u32 n_tid_conf; |
| struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[]; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef |
| * @chandef: the channel definition |
| * |
| * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given |
| * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. |
| */ |
| static inline enum nl80211_channel_type |
| cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) |
| { |
| switch (chandef->width) { |
| case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: |
| return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; |
| case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: |
| return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; |
| case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: |
| if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) |
| return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; |
| return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; |
| default: |
| WARN_ON(1); |
| return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type |
| * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill |
| * @channel: the control channel |
| * @chantype: the channel type |
| * |
| * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
| struct ieee80211_channel *channel, |
| enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical |
| * @chandef1: first channel definition |
| * @chandef2: second channel definition |
| * |
| * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are |
| * identical, %false otherwise. |
| */ |
| static inline bool |
| cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, |
| const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) |
| { |
| return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && |
| chandef1->width == chandef2->width && |
| chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && |
| chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && |
| chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel |
| * |
| * @chandef: the channel definition |
| * |
| * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. |
| */ |
| static inline bool |
| cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) |
| { |
| return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible |
| * @chandef1: first channel definition |
| * @chandef2: second channel definition |
| * |
| * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, |
| * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. |
| */ |
| const struct cfg80211_chan_def * |
| cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, |
| const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid |
| * @chandef: the channel definition to check |
| * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. |
| */ |
| bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against |
| * @chandef: the channel definition to check |
| * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set |
| * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. |
| */ |
| bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
| u32 prohibited_flags); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against |
| * @chandef: the channel definition to check |
| * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype |
| * Returns: |
| * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error |
| */ |
| int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
| enum nl80211_iftype iftype); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel |
| * |
| * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK |
| * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. |
| * |
| * @chandef: channel definition for the channel |
| * |
| * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel |
| */ |
| static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags |
| ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) |
| { |
| switch (chandef->width) { |
| case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: |
| return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; |
| case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: |
| return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| return 0; |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef |
| * |
| * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel |
| * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual |
| * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. |
| * |
| * @chandef: channel definition for the channel |
| * |
| * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef |
| */ |
| static inline int |
| ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) |
| { |
| switch (chandef->width) { |
| case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: |
| return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, |
| chandef->chan->max_power); |
| case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: |
| return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, |
| chandef->chan->max_power); |
| default: |
| break; |
| } |
| return chandef->chan->max_power; |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags |
| * |
| * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in |
| * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used |
| * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in |
| * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in |
| * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in |
| * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in |
| * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in |
| * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in |
| * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in |
| * |
| * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info |
| * it has filled in during the get_survey(). |
| */ |
| enum survey_info_flags { |
| SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), |
| SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), |
| SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), |
| SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), |
| SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), |
| SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), |
| SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), |
| SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), |
| SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct survey_info - channel survey response |
| * |
| * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single |
| * record to report global statistics |
| * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags |
| * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are |
| * optional |
| * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) |
| * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy |
| * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy |
| * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data |
| * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data |
| * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning |
| * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS |
| * |
| * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. |
| * |
| * This structure can later be expanded with things like |
| * channel duty cycle etc. |
| */ |
| struct survey_info { |
| struct ieee80211_channel *channel; |
| u64 time; |
| u64 time_busy; |
| u64 time_ext_busy; |
| u64 time_rx; |
| u64 time_tx; |
| u64 time_scan; |
| u64 time_bss_rx; |
| u32 filled; |
| s8 noise; |
| }; |
| |
| #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings |
| * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled |
| * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) |
| * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) |
| * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers |
| * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites |
| * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites |
| * @akm_suites: AKM suites |
| * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., |
| * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is |
| * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by |
| * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. |
| * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be |
| * allowed through even on unauthorized ports |
| * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port |
| * protocol frames. |
| * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control |
| * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. |
| * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control |
| * port for mac80211 |
| * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of |
| * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys |
| * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key |
| * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) |
| * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE |
| * offload) |
| * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) |
| * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: |
| * |
| * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED |
| * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any |
| * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in |
| * such a scenario. |
| * |
| * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK |
| * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only |
| * |
| * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT |
| * Allow hash-to-element only |
| * |
| * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH |
| * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { |
| u32 wpa_versions; |
| u32 cipher_group; |
| int n_ciphers_pairwise; |
| u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; |
| int n_akm_suites; |
| u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; |
| bool control_port; |
| __be16 control_port_ethertype; |
| bool control_port_no_encrypt; |
| bool control_port_over_nl80211; |
| bool control_port_no_preauth; |
| struct key_params *wep_keys; |
| int wep_tx_key; |
| const u8 *psk; |
| const u8 *sae_pwd; |
| u8 sae_pwd_len; |
| enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data |
| * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) |
| * or %NULL if not changed |
| * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) |
| * or %NULL if not changed |
| * @head_len: length of @head |
| * @tail_len: length of @tail |
| * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL |
| * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets |
| * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response |
| * frames or %NULL |
| * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets |
| * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association |
| * Response frames or %NULL |
| * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets |
| * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) |
| * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) |
| * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change |
| * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) |
| * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token |
| * (measurement type 8) |
| * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement |
| * Token (measurement type 11) |
| * @lci_len: LCI data length |
| * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_beacon_data { |
| const u8 *head, *tail; |
| const u8 *beacon_ies; |
| const u8 *proberesp_ies; |
| const u8 *assocresp_ies; |
| const u8 *probe_resp; |
| const u8 *lci; |
| const u8 *civicloc; |
| s8 ftm_responder; |
| |
| size_t head_len, tail_len; |
| size_t beacon_ies_len; |
| size_t proberesp_ies_len; |
| size_t assocresp_ies_len; |
| size_t probe_resp_len; |
| size_t lci_len; |
| size_t civicloc_len; |
| }; |
| |
| struct mac_address { |
| u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data |
| * |
| * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's |
| * entry specified by mac_addr |
| * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed |
| * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_acl_data { |
| enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; |
| int n_acl_entries; |
| |
| /* Keep it last */ |
| struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from |
| * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. |
| * |
| * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) |
| * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) |
| * @tmpl_len: Template length |
| * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action |
| * frame headers. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { |
| u32 min_interval; |
| u32 max_interval; |
| size_t tmpl_len; |
| const u8 *tmpl; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe |
| * response parameters in 6GHz. |
| * |
| * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned |
| * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive |
| * scanning |
| * @tmpl_len: Template length |
| * @tmpl: Template data for probe response |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { |
| u32 interval; |
| size_t tmpl_len; |
| const u8 *tmpl; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags |
| * |
| * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings |
| * |
| * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication |
| */ |
| enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags { |
| AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0), |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration |
| * |
| * Used to configure an AP interface. |
| * |
| * @chandef: defines the channel to use |
| * @beacon: beacon data |
| * @beacon_interval: beacon interval |
| * @dtim_period: DTIM period |
| * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from |
| * user space) |
| * @ssid_len: length of @ssid |
| * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames |
| * @crypto: crypto settings |
| * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy |
| * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) |
| * @smps_mode: SMPS mode |
| * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. |
| * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window |
| * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS |
| * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for |
| * MAC address based access control |
| * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG |
| * networks. |
| * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons |
| * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) |
| * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) |
| * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) |
| * @ht_required: stations must support HT |
| * @vht_required: stations must support VHT |
| * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time |
| * @he_required: stations must support HE |
| * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE |
| * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags |
| * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings |
| * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings |
| * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) |
| * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters |
| * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_ap_settings { |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
| |
| struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; |
| |
| int beacon_interval, dtim_period; |
| const u8 *ssid; |
| size_t ssid_len; |
| enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; |
| struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; |
| bool privacy; |
| enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; |
| enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; |
| int inactivity_timeout; |
| u8 p2p_ctwindow; |
| bool p2p_opp_ps; |
| const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; |
| bool pbss; |
| struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; |
| |
| const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; |
| const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; |
| const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; |
| const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; |
| bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; |
| bool twt_responder; |
| u32 flags; |
| struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; |
| struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; |
| struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; |
| struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings |
| * |
| * Used for channel switch |
| * |
| * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch |
| * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch |
| * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) |
| * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response |
| * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) |
| * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response |
| * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel |
| * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel |
| * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing |
| * @count: number of beacons until switch |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_csa_settings { |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
| struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; |
| const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; |
| const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; |
| unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; |
| unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; |
| struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; |
| bool radar_required; |
| bool block_tx; |
| u8 count; |
| }; |
| |
| #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10 |
| |
| /** |
| * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations |
| * |
| * Used to pass interface combination parameters |
| * |
| * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want |
| * to use for verification |
| * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel |
| * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of |
| * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths |
| * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface |
| * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum |
| * nl80211_iftype. |
| * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface |
| * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of |
| * the verification |
| */ |
| struct iface_combination_params { |
| int num_different_channels; |
| u8 radar_detect; |
| int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; |
| u32 new_beacon_int; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply |
| * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) |
| * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability |
| * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state |
| * |
| * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, |
| * for those that don't these flags will are used. |
| */ |
| enum station_parameters_apply_mask { |
| STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), |
| STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), |
| STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), |
| STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration |
| * |
| * Used to configure txpower for station. |
| * |
| * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power |
| * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be |
| * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx |
| * power per-interface or per-station. |
| * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power |
| * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC |
| * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. |
| * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for |
| * per peer TPC. |
| */ |
| struct sta_txpwr { |
| s16 power; |
| enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct station_parameters - station parameters |
| * |
| * Used to change and create a new station. |
| * |
| * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to |
| * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format |
| * (or NULL for no change) |
| * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates |
| * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed |
| * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) |
| * @sta_flags_set: station flags values |
| * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) |
| * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change |
| * @aid: AID or zero for no change |
| * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) |
| * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change |
| * @plink_action: plink action to take |
| * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station |
| * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station |
| * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station |
| * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format |
| * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field |
| * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the |
| * QoS info field (but already shifted down) |
| * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed |
| * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), |
| * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask |
| * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set |
| * to unknown) |
| * @capability: station capability |
| * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station |
| * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities |
| * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format |
| * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels |
| * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format |
| * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes |
| * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification |
| * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used |
| * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism |
| * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station |
| * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities |
| * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station |
| * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station |
| * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station |
| */ |
| struct station_parameters { |
| const u8 *supported_rates; |
| struct net_device *vlan; |
| u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; |
| u32 sta_modify_mask; |
| int listen_interval; |
| u16 aid; |
| u16 vlan_id; |
| u16 peer_aid; |
| u8 supported_rates_len; |
| u8 plink_action; |
| u8 plink_state; |
| const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; |
| const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; |
| u8 uapsd_queues; |
| u8 max_sp; |
| enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; |
| u16 capability; |
| const u8 *ext_capab; |
| u8 ext_capab_len; |
| const u8 *supported_channels; |
| u8 supported_channels_len; |
| const u8 *supported_oper_classes; |
| u8 supported_oper_classes_len; |
| u8 opmode_notif; |
| bool opmode_notif_used; |
| int support_p2p_ps; |
| const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; |
| u8 he_capa_len; |
| u16 airtime_weight; |
| struct sta_txpwr txpwr; |
| const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters |
| * |
| * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). |
| * |
| * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations |
| * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal |
| * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) |
| * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame |
| */ |
| struct station_del_parameters { |
| const u8 *mac; |
| u8 subtype; |
| u16 reason_code; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified |
| * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface |
| * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still |
| * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) |
| * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has |
| * the AP MLME in the device |
| * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface |
| * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station |
| * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry |
| * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when |
| * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is |
| * supported/used) |
| * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active |
| * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) |
| * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) |
| * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) |
| */ |
| enum cfg80211_station_type { |
| CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, |
| CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, |
| CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, |
| CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, |
| CFG80211_STA_IBSS, |
| CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, |
| CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, |
| CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, |
| CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on |
| * @params: the new parameters for a station |
| * @statype: the type of station being modified |
| * |
| * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function |
| * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that |
| * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if |
| * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for |
| * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. |
| */ |
| int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct station_parameters *params, |
| enum cfg80211_station_type statype); |
| |
| /** |
| * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags |
| * |
| * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission |
| * type for 802.11n transmissions. |
| * |
| * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS |
| * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS |
| * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval |
| * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS |
| * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information |
| * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode |
| * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS |
| */ |
| enum rate_info_flags { |
| RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), |
| RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), |
| RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), |
| RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), |
| RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), |
| RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), |
| RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information |
| * |
| * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. |
| * |
| * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth |
| * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth |
| * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth |
| * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth |
| * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth |
| * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth |
| * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation |
| */ |
| enum rate_info_bw { |
| RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, |
| RATE_INFO_BW_5, |
| RATE_INFO_BW_10, |
| RATE_INFO_BW_40, |
| RATE_INFO_BW_80, |
| RATE_INFO_BW_160, |
| RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct rate_info - bitrate information |
| * |
| * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate |
| * |
| * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags |
| * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate |
| * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg |
| * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) |
| * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) |
| * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) |
| * @he_dcm: HE DCM value |
| * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, |
| * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) |
| * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) |
| */ |
| struct rate_info { |
| u8 flags; |
| u8 mcs; |
| u16 legacy; |
| u8 nss; |
| u8 bw; |
| u8 he_gi; |
| u8 he_dcm; |
| u8 he_ru_alloc; |
| u8 n_bonded_ch; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags |
| * |
| * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission |
| * type for 802.11n transmissions. |
| * |
| * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled |
| * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled |
| * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled |
| */ |
| enum bss_param_flags { |
| BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, |
| BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, |
| BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station |
| * |
| * Information about the currently associated BSS |
| * |
| * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags |
| * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS |
| * @beacon_interval: beacon interval |
| */ |
| struct sta_bss_parameters { |
| u8 flags; |
| u8 dtim_period; |
| u16 beacon_interval; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID |
| * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to |
| * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled |
| * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged |
| * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged |
| * @flows: number of new flows seen |
| * @drops: total number of packets dropped |
| * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE |
| * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow |
| * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow |
| * @collisions: number of hash collisions |
| * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued |
| * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued |
| * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_txq_stats { |
| u32 filled; |
| u32 backlog_bytes; |
| u32 backlog_packets; |
| u32 flows; |
| u32 drops; |
| u32 ecn_marks; |
| u32 overlimit; |
| u32 overmemory; |
| u32 collisions; |
| u32 tx_bytes; |
| u32 tx_packets; |
| u32 max_flows; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics |
| * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to |
| * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled |
| * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs |
| * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs |
| * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for |
| * transmitted MSDUs |
| * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs |
| * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_tid_stats { |
| u32 filled; |
| u64 rx_msdu; |
| u64 tx_msdu; |
| u64 tx_msdu_retries; |
| u64 tx_msdu_failed; |
| struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; |
| }; |
| |
| #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 |
| |
| /** |
| * struct station_info - station information |
| * |
| * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. |
| * |
| * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to |
| * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them |
| * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected |
| * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds |
| * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association |
| * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station |
| * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station |
| * @llid: mesh local link id |
| * @plid: mesh peer link id |
| * @plink_state: mesh peer link state |
| * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. |
| * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. |
| * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. |
| * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. |
| * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg |
| * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm |
| * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm |
| * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station |
| * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station |
| * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station |
| * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station |
| * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) |
| * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) |
| * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. |
| * @bss_param: current BSS parameters |
| * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. |
| * This number should increase every time the list of stations |
| * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that |
| * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. |
| * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. |
| * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use |
| * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for |
| * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. |
| * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. |
| * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values |
| * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. |
| * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. |
| * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode |
| * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode |
| * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode |
| * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) |
| * towards this station. |
| * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer |
| * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received |
| * from this peer |
| * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate |
| * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer |
| * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer |
| * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight |
| * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last |
| * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. |
| * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. |
| * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. |
| * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has |
| * been sent. |
| * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station |
| * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with |
| * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the |
| * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. |
| * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. |
| * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server |
| */ |
| struct station_info { |
| u64 filled; |
| u32 connected_time; |
| u32 inactive_time; |
| u64 assoc_at; |
| u64 rx_bytes; |
| u64 tx_bytes; |
| u16 llid; |
| u16 plid; |
| u8 plink_state; |
| s8 signal; |
| s8 signal_avg; |
| |
| u8 chains; |
| s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; |
| s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; |
| |
| struct rate_info txrate; |
| struct rate_info rxrate; |
| u32 rx_packets; |
| u32 tx_packets; |
| u32 tx_retries; |
| u32 tx_failed; |
| u32 rx_dropped_misc; |
| struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; |
| struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; |
| |
| int generation; |
| |
| const u8 *assoc_req_ies; |
| size_t assoc_req_ies_len; |
| |
| u32 beacon_loss_count; |
| s64 t_offset; |
| enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; |
| enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; |
| enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; |
| |
| u32 expected_throughput; |
| |
| u64 tx_duration; |
| u64 rx_duration; |
| u64 rx_beacon; |
| u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; |
| u8 connected_to_gate; |
| |
| struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; |
| s8 ack_signal; |
| s8 avg_ack_signal; |
| |
| u16 airtime_weight; |
| |
| u32 rx_mpdu_count; |
| u32 fcs_err_count; |
| |
| u32 airtime_link_metric; |
| |
| u8 connected_to_as; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit |
| * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm |
| * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { |
| s32 power; |
| u32 freq_range_index; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs |
| * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types |
| * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs |
| * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_sar_specs { |
| enum nl80211_sar_type type; |
| u32 num_sub_specs; |
| struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[]; |
| }; |
| |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges |
| * @start_freq: start range edge frequency |
| * @end_freq: end range edge frequency |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { |
| u32 start_freq; |
| u32 end_freq; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability |
| * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types |
| * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges |
| * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. |
| * |
| * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing |
| * range to small ones and then append them. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_sar_capa { |
| enum nl80211_sar_type type; |
| u32 num_freq_ranges; |
| const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; |
| }; |
| |
| #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station |
| * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to |
| * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest |
| * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information |
| * |
| * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information |
| * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be |
| * considered undefined. |
| */ |
| int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, |
| struct station_info *sinfo); |
| #else |
| static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *mac_addr, |
| struct station_info *sinfo) |
| { |
| return -ENOENT; |
| } |
| #endif |
| |
| /** |
| * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags |
| * |
| * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits |
| * according to the nl80211 flags. |
| * |
| * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed |
| * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS |
| * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP |
| * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames |
| * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering |
| * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing |
| * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address |
| */ |
| enum monitor_flags { |
| MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, |
| MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, |
| MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, |
| MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, |
| MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, |
| MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, |
| MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags |
| * |
| * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled |
| * in during get_station() or dump_station(). |
| * |
| * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled |
| * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled |
| * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled |
| * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled |
| * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled |
| * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled |
| * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled |
| * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled |
| * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled |
| */ |
| enum mpath_info_flags { |
| MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), |
| MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), |
| MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), |
| MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), |
| MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), |
| MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), |
| MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), |
| MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), |
| MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct mpath_info - mesh path information |
| * |
| * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). |
| * |
| * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags |
| * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination |
| * @sn: target sequence number |
| * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path |
| * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs |
| * @flags: mesh path flags |
| * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs |
| * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries |
| * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. |
| * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths |
| * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that |
| * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. |
| * @hop_count: hops to destination |
| * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination |
| */ |
| struct mpath_info { |
| u32 filled; |
| u32 frame_qlen; |
| u32 sn; |
| u32 metric; |
| u32 exptime; |
| u32 discovery_timeout; |
| u8 discovery_retries; |
| u8 flags; |
| u8 hop_count; |
| u32 path_change_count; |
| |
| int generation; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters |
| * |
| * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). |
| * |
| * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection |
| * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) |
| * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed |
| * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) |
| * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed |
| * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) |
| * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format |
| * (or NULL for no change) |
| * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates |
| * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations |
| * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) |
| * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode |
| * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) |
| * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) |
| * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) |
| */ |
| struct bss_parameters { |
| int use_cts_prot; |
| int use_short_preamble; |
| int use_short_slot_time; |
| const u8 *basic_rates; |
| u8 basic_rates_len; |
| int ap_isolate; |
| int ht_opmode; |
| s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration |
| * |
| * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. |
| * |
| * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used |
| * by the Mesh Peering Open message |
| * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units |
| * used by the Mesh Peering Open message |
| * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by |
| * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering |
| * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this |
| * mesh interface |
| * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can |
| * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh |
| * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA |
| * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection |
| * elements |
| * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we |
| * detect compatible mesh peers |
| * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to |
| * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method |
| * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ |
| * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target |
| * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds |
| * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on |
| * a path discovery in milliseconds |
| * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs |
| * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the |
| * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) |
| * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during |
| * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ |
| * element |
| * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during |
| * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR |
| * element |
| * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that |
| * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh |
| * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA |
| * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root |
| * announcements are transmitted |
| * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh |
| * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is |
| * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true |
| * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but |
| * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the |
| * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) |
| * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding |
| * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) |
| * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate |
| * station to establish a peer link |
| * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode |
| * |
| * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs |
| * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to |
| * the root mesh STA to be valid. |
| * |
| * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive |
| * PREQs are transmitted. |
| * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) |
| * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing |
| * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. |
| * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial |
| * setting for new peer links. |
| * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake |
| * after transmitting its beacon. |
| * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established |
| * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it |
| * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. |
| * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is |
| * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the |
| * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths |
| * in the mesh path table |
| * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP |
| * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might |
| * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So |
| * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable |
| * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. |
| */ |
| struct mesh_config { |
| u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; |
| u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; |
| u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; |
| u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; |
| u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; |
| u8 dot11MeshTTL; |
| u8 element_ttl; |
| bool auto_open_plinks; |
| u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; |
| u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; |
| u32 path_refresh_time; |
| u16 min_discovery_timeout; |
| u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; |
| u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; |
| u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; |
| u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; |
| u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; |
| bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; |
| bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; |
| u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; |
| bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; |
| bool dot11MeshForwarding; |
| s32 rssi_threshold; |
| u16 ht_opmode; |
| u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; |
| u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; |
| u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; |
| enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; |
| u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; |
| u32 plink_timeout; |
| bool dot11MeshNolearn; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration |
| * @chandef: defines the channel to use |
| * @mesh_id: the mesh ID |
| * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes |
| * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use |
| * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use |
| * @path_metric: which metric to use |
| * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using |
| * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) |
| * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements |
| * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication |
| * @is_secure: this mesh uses security |
| * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions |
| * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use |
| * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use |
| * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] |
| * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh |
| * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons |
| * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. |
| * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required |
| * to operate on DFS channels. |
| * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control |
| * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. |
| * |
| * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. |
| */ |
| struct mesh_setup { |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
| const u8 *mesh_id; |
| u8 mesh_id_len; |
| u8 sync_method; |
| u8 path_sel_proto; |
| u8 path_metric; |
| u8 auth_id; |
| const u8 *ie; |
| u8 ie_len; |
| bool is_authenticated; |
| bool is_secure; |
| bool user_mpm; |
| u8 dtim_period; |
| u16 beacon_interval; |
| int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
| u32 basic_rates; |
| struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; |
| bool userspace_handles_dfs; |
| bool control_port_over_nl80211; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration |
| * @chandef: defines the channel to use |
| * |
| * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network |
| */ |
| struct ocb_setup { |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters |
| * @ac: AC identifier |
| * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled |
| * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range |
| * 1..32767] |
| * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range |
| * 1..32767] |
| * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_txq_params { |
| enum nl80211_ac ac; |
| u16 txop; |
| u16 cwmin; |
| u16 cwmax; |
| u8 aifs; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling |
| * |
| * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite |
| * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will |
| * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the |
| * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the |
| * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to |
| * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements |
| * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be |
| * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised |
| * in the wiphy structure. |
| * |
| * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because |
| * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not |
| * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. |
| * |
| * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of |
| * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the |
| * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available |
| * to userspace. |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description |
| * @ssid: the SSID |
| * @ssid_len: length of the ssid |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_ssid { |
| u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; |
| u8 ssid_len; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan |
| * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the |
| * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this |
| * information is not available, this field is left zero. |
| * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. |
| * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, |
| * userspace will be notified of that |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_scan_info { |
| u64 scan_start_tsf; |
| u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
| bool aborted; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only |
| * |
| * @short_bssid: short ssid to scan for |
| * @bssid: bssid to scan for |
| * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request |
| * which the above info relvant to |
| * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU |
| * @short_ssid_valid: short_ssid is valid and can be used |
| * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait |
| * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { |
| u32 short_ssid; |
| u32 channel_idx; |
| u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; |
| bool unsolicited_probe; |
| bool short_ssid_valid; |
| bool psc_no_listen; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description |
| * |
| * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) |
| * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs |
| * @channels: channels to scan on. |
| * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan |
| * @scan_width: channel width for scanning |
| * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL |
| * @ie_len: length of ie in octets |
| * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If |
| * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and |
| * the actual dwell time may be shorter. |
| * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the |
| * %duration field. |
| * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation |
| * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for |
| * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started |
| * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for |
| * @info: (internal) information about completed scan |
| * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted |
| * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band |
| * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation |
| * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that |
| * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should |
| * be taken from the @mac_addr |
| * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, |
| * true if this is the second scan request |
| * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params |
| * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params |
| * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_scan_request { |
| struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; |
| int n_ssids; |
| u32 n_channels; |
| enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; |
| const u8 *ie; |
| size_t ie_len; |
| u16 duration; |
| bool duration_mandatory; |
| u32 flags; |
| |
| u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
| |
| struct wireless_dev *wdev; |
| |
| u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
| u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
| u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
| |
| /* internal */ |
| struct wiphy *wiphy; |
| unsigned long scan_start; |
| struct cfg80211_scan_info info; |
| bool notified; |
| bool no_cck; |
| bool scan_6ghz; |
| u32 n_6ghz_params; |
| struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; |
| }; |
| |
| static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) |
| { |
| int i; |
| |
| get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); |
| for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { |
| buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; |
| buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match |
| * |
| * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match |
| * or no match (RSSI only) |
| * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match |
| * or no match (RSSI only) |
| * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) |
| * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied |
| * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support |
| * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability |
| * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band |
| * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. |
| * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of |
| * corresponding matchset. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_match_set { |
| struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; |
| u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; |
| s32 rssi_thold; |
| s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan |
| * |
| * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. |
| * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means |
| * infinite loop. |
| * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, |
| * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { |
| u32 interval; |
| u32 iterations; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. |
| * |
| * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. |
| * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { |
| enum nl80211_band band; |
| s8 delta; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description |
| * |
| * @reqid: identifies this request. |
| * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) |
| * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs |
| * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan |
| * @scan_width: channel width for scanning |
| * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL |
| * @ie_len: length of ie in octets |
| * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation |
| * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result |
| * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host |
| * (others are filtered out). |
| * If ommited, all results are passed. |
| * @n_match_sets: number of match sets |
| * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for |
| * @dev: the interface |
| * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan |
| * @channels: channels to scan |
| * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this |
| * contains the minimum over all matchsets |
| * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation |
| * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that |
| * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should |
| * be taken from the @mac_addr |
| * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest |
| * index must be executed first. |
| * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. |
| * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct |
| * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request |
| * owned by a particular socket) |
| * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed |
| * @list: for keeping list of requests. |
| * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan |
| * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start |
| * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not |
| * supported. |
| * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. |
| * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result |
| * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined |
| * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. |
| * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. |
| * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong |
| * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported |
| * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that |
| * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative |
| * comparisions. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { |
| u64 reqid; |
| struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; |
| int n_ssids; |
| u32 n_channels; |
| enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; |
| const u8 *ie; |
| size_t ie_len; |
| u32 flags; |
| struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; |
| int n_match_sets; |
| s32 min_rssi_thold; |
| u32 delay; |
| struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; |
| int n_scan_plans; |
| |
| u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
| u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
| |
| bool relative_rssi_set; |
| s8 relative_rssi; |
| struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; |
| |
| /* internal */ |
| struct wiphy *wiphy; |
| struct net_device *dev; |
| unsigned long scan_start; |
| bool report_results; |
| struct rcu_head rcu_head; |
| u32 owner_nlportid; |
| bool nl_owner_dead; |
| struct list_head list; |
| |
| /* keep last */ |
| struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type |
| * |
| * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available |
| * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) |
| * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 |
| */ |
| enum cfg80211_signal_type { |
| CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, |
| CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, |
| CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data |
| * @chan: channel the frame was received on |
| * @scan_width: scan width that was used |
| * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's |
| * signal type |
| * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was |
| * received; should match the time when the frame was actually |
| * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was |
| * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. |
| * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of |
| * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. |
| * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the |
| * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified |
| * by %parent_bssid. |
| * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to |
| * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. |
| * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. |
| * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_inform_bss { |
| struct ieee80211_channel *chan; |
| enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; |
| s32 signal; |
| u64 boottime_ns; |
| u64 parent_tsf; |
| u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
| u8 chains; |
| s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data |
| * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs |
| * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing |
| * @len: length of the IEs |
| * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon |
| * @data: IE data |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_bss_ies { |
| u64 tsf; |
| struct rcu_head rcu_head; |
| int len; |
| bool from_beacon; |
| u8 data[]; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description |
| * |
| * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) |
| * for use in scan results and similar. |
| * |
| * @channel: channel this BSS is on |
| * @scan_width: width of the control channel |
| * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS |
| * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame |
| * @capability: the capability field in host byte order |
| * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these |
| * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or |
| * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been |
| * received. It is always non-%NULL. |
| * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame |
| * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't |
| * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the |
| * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) |
| * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame |
| * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from |
| * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct |
| * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and |
| * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. |
| * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a |
| * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) |
| * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one |
| * (multi-BSSID support) |
| * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) |
| * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. |
| * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. |
| * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set |
| * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set |
| * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_bss { |
| struct ieee80211_channel *channel; |
| enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; |
| |
| const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; |
| const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; |
| const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; |
| |
| struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; |
| struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; |
| struct list_head nontrans_list; |
| |
| s32 signal; |
| |
| u16 beacon_interval; |
| u16 capability; |
| |
| u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; |
| u8 chains; |
| s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; |
| |
| u8 bssid_index; |
| u8 max_bssid_indicator; |
| |
| u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID |
| * @bss: the bss to search |
| * @id: the element ID |
| * |
| * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so |
| * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. |
| * Return: %NULL if not found. |
| */ |
| const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID |
| * @bss: the bss to search |
| * @id: the element ID |
| * |
| * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so |
| * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. |
| * Return: %NULL if not found. |
| */ |
| static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) |
| { |
| return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); |
| } |
| |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data |
| * |
| * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 |
| * authentication. |
| * |
| * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference |
| * to it if it needs to keep it. |
| * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) |
| * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL |
| * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets |
| * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication |
| * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication |
| * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication |
| * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains |
| * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the |
| * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication |
| * transaction sequence number field. |
| * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_auth_request { |
| struct cfg80211_bss *bss; |
| const u8 *ie; |
| size_t ie_len; |
| enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; |
| const u8 *key; |
| u8 key_len, key_idx; |
| const u8 *auth_data; |
| size_t auth_data_len; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. |
| * |
| * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) |
| * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT |
| * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association |
| * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external |
| * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to |
| * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() |
| * request (connect callback). |
| * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE |
| */ |
| enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { |
| ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), |
| ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), |
| ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), |
| CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), |
| ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data |
| * |
| * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 |
| * (re)association. |
| * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is |
| * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() |
| * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new |
| * association requests while already associating must be rejected. |
| * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL |
| * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets |
| * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association |
| * @crypto: crypto settings |
| * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used |
| * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request |
| * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to |
| * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is |
| * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request |
| * frame. |
| * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags |
| * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask |
| * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. |
| * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. |
| * @vht_capa: VHT capability override |
| * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use |
| * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or |
| * %NULL if FILS is not used. |
| * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets |
| * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association |
| * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts |
| * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. |
| * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override |
| * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_assoc_request { |
| struct cfg80211_bss *bss; |
| const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; |
| size_t ie_len; |
| struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; |
| bool use_mfp; |
| u32 flags; |
| struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; |
| struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; |
| struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; |
| const u8 *fils_kek; |
| size_t fils_kek_len; |
| const u8 *fils_nonces; |
| struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data |
| * |
| * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 |
| * deauthentication. |
| * |
| * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from |
| * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL |
| * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets |
| * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication |
| * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and |
| * do not set a deauth frame |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_deauth_request { |
| const u8 *bssid; |
| const u8 *ie; |
| size_t ie_len; |
| u16 reason_code; |
| bool local_state_change; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data |
| * |
| * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 |
| * disassociation. |
| * |
| * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from |
| * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL |
| * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets |
| * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation |
| * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no |
| * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { |
| struct cfg80211_bss *bss; |
| const u8 *ie; |
| size_t ie_len; |
| u16 reason_code; |
| bool local_state_change; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters |
| * |
| * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() |
| * method. |
| * |
| * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. |
| * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. |
| * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not |
| * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. |
| * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found |
| * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for |
| * IBSSs to join on other channels. |
| * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon |
| * @ie_len: length of that |
| * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use |
| * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured |
| * after joining |
| * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., |
| * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is |
| * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by |
| * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. |
| * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control |
| * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. |
| * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. |
| * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required |
| * to operate on DFS channels. |
| * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS |
| * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) |
| * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask |
| * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. |
| * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. |
| * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of |
| * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys |
| * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_ibss_params { |
| const u8 *ssid; |
| const u8 *bssid; |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
| const u8 *ie; |
| u8 ssid_len, ie_len; |
| u16 beacon_interval; |
| u32 basic_rates; |
| bool channel_fixed; |
| bool privacy; |
| bool control_port; |
| bool control_port_over_nl80211; |
| bool userspace_handles_dfs; |
| int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
| struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; |
| struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; |
| struct key_params *wep_keys; |
| int wep_tx_key; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. |
| * |
| * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. |
| * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. |
| * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. |
| * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_bss_selection { |
| enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; |
| union { |
| enum nl80211_band band_pref; |
| struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; |
| } param; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters |
| * |
| * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 |
| * authentication and association. |
| * |
| * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based |
| * on scan results) |
| * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or |
| * %NULL if not specified |
| * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan |
| * results) |
| * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or |
| * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is |
| * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS |
| * to use. |
| * @ssid: SSID |
| * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets |
| * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) |
| * @ie: IEs for association request |
| * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets |
| * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used |
| * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used |
| * @crypto: crypto settings |
| * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication |
| * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication |
| * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication |
| * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags |
| * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds |
| * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. |
| * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask |
| * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. |
| * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. |
| * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides |
| * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. |
| * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG |
| * networks. |
| * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. |
| * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used |
| * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request |
| * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to |
| * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is |
| * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request |
| * frame. |
| * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the |
| * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped |
| * data IE. |
| * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. |
| * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or |
| * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and |
| * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. |
| * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. |
| * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP |
| * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. |
| * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional |
| * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. |
| * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. |
| * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver |
| * offload of 4-way handshake. |
| * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. |
| * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver |
| * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_connect_params { |
| struct ieee80211_channel *channel; |
| struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; |
| const u8 *bssid; |
| const u8 *bssid_hint; |
| const u8 *ssid; |
| size_t ssid_len; |
| enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; |
| const u8 *ie; |
| size_t ie_len; |
| bool privacy; |
| enum nl80211_mfp mfp; |
| struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; |
| const u8 *key; |
| u8 key_len, key_idx; |
| u32 flags; |
| int bg_scan_period; |
| struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; |
| struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; |
| struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; |
| struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; |
| bool pbss; |
| struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; |
| const u8 *prev_bssid; |
| const u8 *fils_erp_username; |
| size_t fils_erp_username_len; |
| const u8 *fils_erp_realm; |
| size_t fils_erp_realm_len; |
| u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; |
| const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; |
| size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; |
| bool want_1x; |
| struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated |
| * |
| * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that |
| * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. |
| * |
| * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated |
| * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, |
| * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated |
| * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated |
| */ |
| enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { |
| UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), |
| UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), |
| UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values |
| * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed |
| * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed |
| * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed |
| * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed |
| * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed |
| * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled |
| * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed |
| * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed |
| * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum |
| */ |
| enum wiphy_params_flags { |
| WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, |
| WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, |
| WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, |
| WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, |
| WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, |
| WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, |
| WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, |
| WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, |
| WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, |
| }; |
| |
| #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 |
| |
| /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ |
| #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 |
| #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 |
| |
| /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ |
| #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association |
| * |
| * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA |
| * caching. |
| * |
| * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). |
| * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. |
| * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key |
| * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. |
| * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on |
| * the hash algorithm used to generate this. |
| * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS |
| * cache identifier (may be %NULL). |
| * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. |
| * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the |
| * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be |
| * %NULL). |
| * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds |
| * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. |
| * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after |
| * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on |
| * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK |
| * used for it expires. |
| * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of |
| * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. |
| * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using |
| * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this |
| * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_pmksa { |
| const u8 *bssid; |
| const u8 *pmkid; |
| const u8 *pmk; |
| size_t pmk_len; |
| const u8 *ssid; |
| size_t ssid_len; |
| const u8 *cache_id; |
| u32 pmk_lifetime; |
| u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern |
| * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, |
| * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 |
| * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 |
| * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) |
| * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) |
| * |
| * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of |
| * memory, free @mask only! |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { |
| const u8 *mask, *pattern; |
| int pattern_len; |
| int pkt_offset; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters |
| * |
| * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation |
| * @src: source IP address |
| * @dst: destination IP address |
| * @dst_mac: destination MAC address |
| * @src_port: source port |
| * @dst_port: destination port |
| * @payload_len: data payload length |
| * @payload: data payload buffer |
| * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration |
| * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets |
| * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length |
| * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data |
| * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask |
| * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer |
| * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { |
| struct socket *sock; |
| __be32 src, dst; |
| u16 src_port, dst_port; |
| u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; |
| int payload_len; |
| const u8 *payload; |
| struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; |
| u32 data_interval; |
| u32 wake_len; |
| const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; |
| u32 tokens_size; |
| /* must be last, variable member */ |
| struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info |
| * |
| * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. |
| * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues |
| * operating as normal during suspend |
| * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected |
| * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet |
| * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern |
| * @n_patterns: number of patterns |
| * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure |
| * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet |
| * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake |
| * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released |
| * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. |
| * NULL if not configured. |
| * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_wowlan { |
| bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, |
| eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, |
| rfkill_release; |
| struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; |
| struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; |
| int n_patterns; |
| struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters |
| * |
| * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. |
| * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. |
| * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. |
| * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. |
| * @patterns: array of packet patterns |
| * @n_patterns: number of patterns |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { |
| int delay; |
| enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; |
| struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; |
| int n_patterns; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings |
| * |
| * This structure defines coalescing settings. |
| * @rules: array of coalesce rules |
| * @n_rules: number of rules |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_coalesce { |
| struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; |
| int n_rules; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match |
| * |
| * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up |
| * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This |
| * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. |
| * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match |
| * occurred (in MHz) |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { |
| struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; |
| int n_channels; |
| u32 channels[]; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information |
| * |
| * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in |
| * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide |
| * match information. |
| * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about |
| * the matches that triggered the wake up. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { |
| int n_matches; |
| struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report |
| * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected |
| * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet |
| * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure |
| * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet |
| * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake |
| * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released |
| * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern |
| * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data |
| * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length |
| * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. |
| * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data |
| * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for |
| * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which |
| * it is. |
| * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received |
| * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish |
| * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens |
| * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { |
| bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, |
| eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, |
| rfkill_release, packet_80211, |
| tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; |
| s32 pattern_idx; |
| u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; |
| const void *packet; |
| struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data |
| * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) |
| * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) |
| * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) |
| * @kek_len: length of kek |
| * @kck_len length of kck |
| * @akm: akm (oui, id) |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { |
| const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; |
| u32 akm; |
| u8 kek_len, kck_len; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information |
| * |
| * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE |
| * |
| * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value |
| * @ie: Fast Transition IEs |
| * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { |
| u16 md; |
| const u8 *ie; |
| size_t ie_len; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters |
| * |
| * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame |
| * |
| * @chan: channel to use |
| * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required |
| * @wait: duration for ROC |
| * @buf: buffer to transmit |
| * @len: buffer length |
| * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame |
| * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack |
| * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array |
| * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { |
| struct ieee80211_channel *chan; |
| bool offchan; |
| unsigned int wait; |
| const u8 *buf; |
| size_t len; |
| bool no_cck; |
| bool dont_wait_for_ack; |
| int n_csa_offsets; |
| const u16 *csa_offsets; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception |
| * |
| * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition |
| * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { |
| u8 dscp; |
| u8 up; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority |
| * |
| * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive |
| * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_dscp_range { |
| u8 low; |
| u8 high; |
| }; |
| |
| /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ |
| #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 |
| #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 |
| #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ |
| (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information |
| * |
| * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values |
| * |
| * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) |
| * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from |
| * the user priority DSCP range definition |
| * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_qos_map { |
| u8 num_des; |
| struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; |
| struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration |
| * |
| * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters |
| * |
| * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) |
| * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. |
| * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set |
| * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_nan_conf { |
| u8 master_pref; |
| u8 bands; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN |
| * configuration |
| * |
| * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference |
| * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands |
| */ |
| enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { |
| CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), |
| CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter |
| * |
| * @filter: the content of the filter |
| * @len: the length of the filter |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { |
| const u8 *filter; |
| u8 len; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function |
| * |
| * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type |
| * @service_id: the service ID of the function |
| * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type |
| * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is |
| * implementation specific. |
| * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted |
| * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active |
| * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up |
| * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up |
| * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up |
| * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. |
| * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info |
| * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length |
| * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive |
| * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter |
| * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length |
| * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index |
| * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses |
| * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF |
| * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter |
| * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. |
| * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. |
| * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. |
| * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. |
| * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_nan_func { |
| enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; |
| u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; |
| u8 publish_type; |
| bool close_range; |
| bool publish_bcast; |
| bool subscribe_active; |
| u8 followup_id; |
| u8 followup_reqid; |
| struct mac_address followup_dest; |
| u32 ttl; |
| const u8 *serv_spec_info; |
| u8 serv_spec_info_len; |
| bool srf_include; |
| const u8 *srf_bf; |
| u8 srf_bf_len; |
| u8 srf_bf_idx; |
| struct mac_address *srf_macs; |
| int srf_num_macs; |
| struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; |
| struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; |
| u8 num_tx_filters; |
| u8 num_rx_filters; |
| u8 instance_id; |
| u64 cookie; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration |
| * |
| * @aa: authenticator address |
| * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. |
| * @pmk: the PMK material |
| * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK |
| * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field |
| * holds PMK-R0. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { |
| const u8 *aa; |
| u8 pmk_len; |
| const u8 *pmk; |
| const u8 *pmk_r0_name; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. |
| * |
| * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. |
| * |
| * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant |
| * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). |
| * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has |
| * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and |
| * authentication response command interface. |
| * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and |
| * authentication response command interface. |
| * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the |
| * authentication request event interface. |
| * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, |
| * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you |
| * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication |
| * response command interface (user space to driver). |
| * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { |
| enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; |
| u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
| struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; |
| unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; |
| u16 status; |
| const u8 *pmkid; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics |
| * |
| * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to |
| * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them |
| * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully |
| * answered |
| * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were |
| * successfully answered |
| * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions |
| * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions |
| * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions |
| * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication |
| * of how much time the responder was busy |
| * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from |
| * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with |
| * the responder |
| * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks |
| * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot |
| * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { |
| u32 filled; |
| u32 success_num; |
| u32 partial_num; |
| u32 failed_num; |
| u32 asap_num; |
| u32 non_asap_num; |
| u64 total_duration_ms; |
| u32 unknown_triggers_num; |
| u32 reschedule_requests_num; |
| u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result |
| * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is |
| * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise |
| * reason than just "failure" |
| * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index |
| * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported |
| * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted |
| * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked |
| * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, |
| * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible |
| * by the responder |
| * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated |
| * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated |
| * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated |
| * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) |
| * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) |
| * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) |
| * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) |
| * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported |
| * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported |
| * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response |
| * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame |
| * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) |
| * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is |
| * the square root of the variance) |
| * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured |
| * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured |
| * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) |
| * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) |
| * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) |
| * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid |
| * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid |
| * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid |
| * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid |
| * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid |
| * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid |
| * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid |
| * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid |
| * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid |
| * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid |
| * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid |
| * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { |
| const u8 *lci; |
| const u8 *civicloc; |
| unsigned int lci_len; |
| unsigned int civicloc_len; |
| enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; |
| u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; |
| s16 burst_index; |
| u8 busy_retry_time; |
| u8 num_bursts_exp; |
| u8 burst_duration; |
| u8 ftms_per_burst; |
| s32 rssi_avg; |
| s32 rssi_spread; |
| struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; |
| s64 rtt_avg; |
| s64 rtt_variance; |
| s64 rtt_spread; |
| s64 dist_avg; |
| s64 dist_variance; |
| s64 dist_spread; |
| |
| u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, |
| num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, |
| rssi_avg_valid:1, |
| rssi_spread_valid:1, |
| tx_rate_valid:1, |
| rx_rate_valid:1, |
| rtt_avg_valid:1, |
| rtt_variance_valid:1, |
| rtt_spread_valid:1, |
| dist_avg_valid:1, |
| dist_variance_valid:1, |
| dist_spread_valid:1; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result |
| * @addr: address of the peer |
| * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the |
| * measurement was made) |
| * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time |
| * @status: status of the measurement |
| * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not |
| * reporting partial results always set this flag |
| * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid |
| * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting |
| * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and |
| * they're all aggregated for userspace. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { |
| u64 host_time, ap_tsf; |
| enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; |
| |
| u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; |
| |
| u8 final:1, |
| ap_tsf_valid:1; |
| |
| enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; |
| |
| union { |
| struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; |
| }; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data |
| * @requested: indicates FTM is requested |
| * @preamble: frame preamble to use |
| * @burst_period: burst period to use |
| * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode |
| * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent |
| * @burst_duration: burst duration |
| * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst |
| * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request |
| * @request_lci: request LCI information |
| * @request_civicloc: request civic location information |
| * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement |
| * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, |
| * EDCA based ranging will be used. |
| * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement |
| * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, |
| * EDCA based ranging will be used. |
| * |
| * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { |
| enum nl80211_preamble preamble; |
| u16 burst_period; |
| u8 requested:1, |
| asap:1, |
| request_lci:1, |
| request_civicloc:1, |
| trigger_based:1, |
| non_trigger_based:1; |
| u8 num_bursts_exp; |
| u8 burst_duration; |
| u8 ftms_per_burst; |
| u8 ftmr_retries; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request |
| * @addr: MAC address |
| * @chandef: channel to use |
| * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF |
| * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { |
| u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
| u8 report_ap_tsf:1; |
| struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request |
| * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 |
| * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 |
| * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, |
| * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 |
| * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request |
| * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that |
| * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should |
| * be taken from the @mac_addr |
| * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request |
| * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if |
| * zero it means there's no timeout |
| * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with |
| * @peers: per-peer measurement request data |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { |
| u64 cookie; |
| void *drv_data; |
| u32 n_peers; |
| u32 nl_portid; |
| |
| u32 timeout; |
| |
| u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
| u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
| |
| struct list_head list; |
| |
| struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information |
| * |
| * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE |
| * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. |
| * |
| * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. |
| * |
| * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing |
| * has to be done. |
| * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info |
| * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space |
| * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for |
| * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). |
| * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are |
| * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and |
| * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. |
| * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { |
| u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); |
| u16 status; |
| const u8 *ie; |
| size_t ie_len; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data |
| * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered |
| * for the entire device |
| * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered |
| * for the given interface |
| * @global_mcast_rx: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes |
| * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface |
| * for these subtypes |
| */ |
| struct mgmt_frame_regs { |
| u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; |
| u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration |
| * |
| * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks |
| * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. |
| * |
| * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 |
| * on success or a negative error code. |
| * |
| * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be |
| * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied |
| * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, |
| * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. |
| * |
| * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will |
| * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are |
| * configured for the device. |
| * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed |
| * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback |
| * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from |
| * the device. |
| * |
| * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, |
| * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create |
| * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct |
| * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must |
| * also set the address member in the wdev. |
| * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. |
| * |
| * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface |
| * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. |
| * |
| * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, |
| * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. |
| * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. |
| * |
| * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL |
| * when adding a group key. |
| * |
| * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. |
| * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group |
| * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid |
| * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is |
| * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. |
| * |
| * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) |
| * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. |
| * |
| * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface |
| * |
| * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface |
| * |
| * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface |
| * |
| * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver |
| * |
| * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. |
| * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode |
| * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. |
| * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. |
| * |
| * @add_station: Add a new station. |
| * @del_station: Remove a station |
| * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much |
| * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags |
| * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check |
| * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call |
| * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. |
| * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac |
| * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx |
| * |
| * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path |
| * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path |
| * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path |
| * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters |
| * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx |
| * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters |
| * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx |
| * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters |
| * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
| * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network |
| * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
| * |
| * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration |
| * |
| * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. |
| * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to |
| * set, and which to leave alone. |
| * |
| * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. |
| * |
| * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters |
| * |
| * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, |
| * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to |
| * join the mesh instead. |
| * |
| * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other |
| * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. |
| * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should |
| * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. |
| * |
| * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given |
| * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). |
| * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside |
| * the scan/scan_done bracket too. |
| * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall |
| * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). |
| * |
| * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer |
| * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
| * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer |
| * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
| * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer |
| * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
| * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer |
| * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
| * |
| * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, |
| * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code |
| * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call |
| * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code |
| * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code |
| * was received. |
| * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the |
| * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated |
| * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches |
| * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request |
| * frame instead of Association Request frame. |
| * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a |
| * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid |
| * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an |
| * indication of requesting reassociation. |
| * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming |
| * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to |
| * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
| * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a |
| * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for |
| * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the |
| * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not |
| * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current |
| * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in |
| * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. |
| * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
| * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if |
| * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in |
| * case connection was already established (invoked with the |
| * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). |
| * |
| * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call |
| * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due |
| * to a merge. |
| * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
| * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. |
| * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
| * |
| * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or |
| * MESH mode) |
| * |
| * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; |
| * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values |
| * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in |
| * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. |
| * |
| * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, |
| * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The |
| * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will |
| * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power |
| * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) |
| * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; |
| * return 0 if successful |
| * |
| * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting |
| * functions to adjust rfkill hw state |
| * |
| * @dump_survey: get site survey information. |
| * |
| * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified |
| * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel |
| * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is |
| * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event |
| * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). |
| * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. |
| * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on |
| * the duration value. |
| * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. |
| * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management |
| * frame on another channel |
| * |
| * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL |
| * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be |
| * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, |
| * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the |
| * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data |
| * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present |
| * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. |
| * |
| * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration |
| * |
| * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac |
| * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association |
| * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. |
| * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. |
| * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. |
| * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 |
| * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. |
| * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. |
| * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating |
| * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may |
| * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being |
| * disabled.) |
| * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the |
| * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the |
| * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should |
| * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. |
| * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. |
| * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error |
| * thresholds. |
| * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. |
| * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with |
| * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready |
| * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be |
| * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. |
| * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested |
| * stop (when this method returns 0). |
| * |
| * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame |
| * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. |
| * |
| * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. |
| * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may |
| * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL |
| * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). |
| * |
| * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). |
| * |
| * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. |
| * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). |
| * |
| * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it |
| * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). |
| * |
| * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. |
| * |
| * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. |
| * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single |
| * current monitoring channel. |
| * |
| * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. |
| * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. |
| * |
| * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. |
| * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations |
| * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver |
| * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL |
| * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which |
| * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. |
| * |
| * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. |
| * |
| * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC |
| * was finished on another phy. |
| * |
| * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the |
| * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be |
| * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. |
| * |
| * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability |
| * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the |
| * driver can take the most appropriate actions. |
| * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link |
| * reliability. This operation can not fail. |
| * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. |
| * |
| * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is |
| * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is |
| * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later |
| * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept |
| * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them |
| * as soon as possible. |
| * |
| * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver |
| * |
| * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the |
| * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width |
| * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. |
| * |
| * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device |
| * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by |
| * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into |
| * account. |
| * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure |
| * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return |
| * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake |
| * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later |
| * rejected) |
| * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS |
| * |
| * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters |
| * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
| * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network |
| * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
| * |
| * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver |
| * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations |
| * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. |
| * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both |
| * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. |
| * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. |
| * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. |
| * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. |
| * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and |
| * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver |
| * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling |
| * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). |
| * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the |
| * provided @nan_func. |
| * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. |
| * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must |
| * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); |
| * All other parameters must be ignored. |
| * |
| * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS |
| * |
| * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this |
| * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. |
| * |
| * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. |
| * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect |
| * upon which the driver should clear it. |
| * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
| * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. |
| * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) |
| * |
| * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from |
| * user space |
| * |
| * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter |
| * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. |
| * |
| * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. |
| * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. |
| * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) |
| * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement |
| * |
| * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME |
| * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated |
| * DH IE through this interface. |
| * |
| * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame |
| * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. |
| * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific |
| * This callback may sleep. |
| * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the |
| * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. |
| * |
| * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_ops { |
| int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); |
| int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
| void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); |
| |
| struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| const char *name, |
| unsigned char name_assign_type, |
| enum nl80211_iftype type, |
| struct vif_params *params); |
| int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
| int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *dev, |
| enum nl80211_iftype type, |
| struct vif_params *params); |
| |
| int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, |
| u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, |
| struct key_params *params); |
| int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, |
| u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, |
| void *cookie, |
| void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); |
| int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, |
| u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); |
| int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *netdev, |
| u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); |
| int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *netdev, |
| u8 key_index); |
| int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *netdev, |
| u8 key_index); |
| |
| int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); |
| int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); |
| int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); |
| |
| |
| int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *mac, |
| struct station_parameters *params); |
| int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| struct station_del_parameters *params); |
| int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *mac, |
| struct station_parameters *params); |
| int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); |
| int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); |
| |
| int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); |
| int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *dst); |
| int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); |
| int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); |
| int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, |
| struct mpath_info *pinfo); |
| int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); |
| int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, |
| struct mpath_info *pinfo); |
| int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *dev, |
| struct mesh_config *conf); |
| int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, |
| const struct mesh_config *nconf); |
| int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| const struct mesh_config *conf, |
| const struct mesh_setup *setup); |
| int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); |
| |
| int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| struct ocb_setup *setup); |
| int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); |
| |
| int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| struct bss_parameters *params); |
| |
| int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); |
| |
| int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *dev, |
| struct ieee80211_channel *chan); |
| |
| int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
| |
| int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); |
| void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
| |
| int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); |
| int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); |
| int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); |
| int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); |
| |
| int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); |
| int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, |
| u32 changed); |
| int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| u16 reason_code); |
| |
| int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); |
| int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); |
| |
| int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); |
| |
| int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); |
| |
| int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); |
| int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| int *dbm); |
| |
| void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
| |
| #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE |
| int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| void *data, int len); |
| int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, |
| struct netlink_callback *cb, |
| void *data, int len); |
| #endif |
| |
| int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *peer, |
| const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); |
| |
| int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, |
| int idx, struct survey_info *info); |
| |
| int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, |
| struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); |
| int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, |
| struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); |
| int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); |
| |
| int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| struct ieee80211_channel *chan, |
| unsigned int duration, |
| u64 *cookie); |
| int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| u64 cookie); |
| |
| int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, |
| u64 *cookie); |
| int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| u64 cookie); |
| |
| int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| bool enabled, int timeout); |
| |
| int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *dev, |
| s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); |
| |
| int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *dev, |
| s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); |
| |
| int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *dev, |
| u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); |
| |
| void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); |
| |
| int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); |
| int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); |
| |
| int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); |
| int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| u64 reqid); |
| |
| int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); |
| |
| int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, |
| u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, |
| bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); |
| int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); |
| |
| int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); |
| |
| int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *dev, |
| u16 noack_map); |
| |
| int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
| |
| int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
| void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
| |
| int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); |
| |
| int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
| u32 cac_time_ms); |
| void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *dev); |
| int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); |
| int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, |
| u16 duration); |
| void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
| int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); |
| |
| int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); |
| |
| int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); |
| |
| int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
| |
| int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, |
| u16 admitted_time); |
| int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); |
| |
| int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
| void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *addr); |
| int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); |
| void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
| int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); |
| void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| u64 cookie); |
| int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, |
| u32 changes); |
| |
| int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *dev, |
| const bool enabled); |
| |
| int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); |
| |
| int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); |
| int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *aa); |
| int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); |
| |
| int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *buf, size_t len, |
| const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, |
| const bool noencrypt, |
| u64 *cookie); |
| |
| int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); |
| |
| int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); |
| void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); |
| int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); |
| int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *buf, size_t len); |
| int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); |
| int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *peer, u8 tids); |
| int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); |
| }; |
| |
| /* |
| * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures |
| * and registration/helper functions |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags |
| * |
| * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split |
| * into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB. |
| * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this |
| * wiphy at all |
| * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled |
| * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default |
| * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good |
| * reason to override the default |
| * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station |
| * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of |
| * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. |
| * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station |
| * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the |
| * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the |
| * control_port_no_encrypt flag. |
| * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. |
| * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing |
| * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. |
| * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the |
| * firmware. |
| * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. |
| * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. |
| * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) |
| * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and |
| * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT |
| * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be |
| * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. |
| * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME |
| * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes |
| * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling |
| * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). |
| * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device |
| * responds to probe-requests in hardware. |
| * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. |
| * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. |
| * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. |
| * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in |
| * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). |
| * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation |
| * before connection. |
| * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys |
| */ |
| enum wiphy_flags { |
| WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), |
| /* use hole at 1 */ |
| WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), |
| WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), |
| WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), |
| WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), |
| WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), |
| WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), |
| WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), |
| WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), |
| /* use hole at 11 */ |
| /* use hole at 12 */ |
| WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), |
| WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), |
| WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), |
| WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), |
| WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), |
| WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), |
| WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), |
| WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), |
| WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), |
| WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), |
| WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), |
| WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types |
| * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types |
| * @types: interface types (bits) |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_iface_limit { |
| u16 max; |
| u16 types; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination |
| * |
| * With this structure the driver can describe which interface |
| * combinations it supports concurrently. |
| * |
| * Examples: |
| * |
| * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: |
| * |
| * .. code-block:: c |
| * |
| * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { |
| * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, |
| * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, |
| * }; |
| * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { |
| * .limits = limits1, |
| * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), |
| * .max_interfaces = 2, |
| * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, |
| * }; |
| * |
| * |
| * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: |
| * |
| * .. code-block:: c |
| * |
| * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { |
| * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | |
| * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, |
| * }; |
| * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { |
| * .limits = limits2, |
| * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), |
| * .max_interfaces = 8, |
| * .num_different_channels = 1, |
| * }; |
| * |
| * |
| * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. |
| * |
| * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. |
| * |
| * .. code-block:: c |
| * |
| * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { |
| * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, |
| * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | |
| * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, |
| * }; |
| * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { |
| * .limits = limits3, |
| * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), |
| * .max_interfaces = 4, |
| * .num_different_channels = 2, |
| * }; |
| * |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_iface_combination { |
| /** |
| * @limits: |
| * limits for the given interface types |
| */ |
| const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; |
| |
| /** |
| * @num_different_channels: |
| * can use up to this many different channels |
| */ |
| u32 num_different_channels; |
| |
| /** |
| * @max_interfaces: |
| * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group |
| */ |
| u16 max_interfaces; |
| |
| /** |
| * @n_limits: |
| * number of limitations |
| */ |
| u8 n_limits; |
| |
| /** |
| * @beacon_int_infra_match: |
| * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure |
| * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. |
| */ |
| bool beacon_int_infra_match; |
| |
| /** |
| * @radar_detect_widths: |
| * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection |
| */ |
| u8 radar_detect_widths; |
| |
| /** |
| * @radar_detect_regions: |
| * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection |
| */ |
| u8 radar_detect_regions; |
| |
| /** |
| * @beacon_int_min_gcd: |
| * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. |
| * |
| * = 0 |
| * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. |
| * > 0 |
| * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND |
| * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this |
| * combination must be greater or equal to this value. |
| */ |
| u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; |
| }; |
| |
| struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { |
| u16 tx, rx; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags |
| * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" |
| * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and |
| * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a |
| * received packet that passed filtering; note that the |
| * packet should be preserved in that case |
| * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet |
| * (see nl80211.h) |
| * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect |
| * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep |
| * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure |
| * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request |
| * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure |
| * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release |
| * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection |
| */ |
| enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { |
| WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), |
| WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), |
| WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), |
| WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), |
| WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), |
| WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), |
| WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), |
| WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), |
| WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), |
| }; |
| |
| struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { |
| const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; |
| u32 data_payload_max; |
| u32 data_interval_max; |
| u32 wake_payload_max; |
| bool seq; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data |
| * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags |
| * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns |
| * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) |
| * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern |
| * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern |
| * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset |
| * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, |
| * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for |
| * scheduled scans. |
| * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more |
| * details. |
| * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information |
| */ |
| struct wiphy_wowlan_support { |
| u32 flags; |
| int n_patterns; |
| int pattern_max_len; |
| int pattern_min_len; |
| int max_pkt_offset; |
| int max_nd_match_sets; |
| const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data |
| * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules |
| * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs |
| * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule |
| * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) |
| * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern |
| * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern |
| * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset |
| */ |
| struct wiphy_coalesce_support { |
| int n_rules; |
| int max_delay; |
| int n_patterns; |
| int pattern_max_len; |
| int pattern_min_len; |
| int max_pkt_offset; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands |
| * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev |
| * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev |
| * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running |
| * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) |
| */ |
| enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { |
| WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), |
| WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), |
| WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags |
| * |
| * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed |
| * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed |
| * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed |
| * |
| */ |
| enum wiphy_opmode_flag { |
| STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), |
| STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), |
| STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information |
| * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag |
| * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station |
| * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station |
| * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station |
| */ |
| |
| struct sta_opmode_info { |
| u32 changed; |
| enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; |
| enum nl80211_chan_width bw; |
| u8 rx_nss; |
| }; |
| |
| #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) |
| |
| /** |
| * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition |
| * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 |
| * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags |
| * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the |
| * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data |
| * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all |
| * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The |
| * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple |
| * dumpit calls. |
| * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. |
| * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the |
| * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). |
| * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy |
| * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and |
| * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others |
| * are used with dump requests. |
| */ |
| struct wiphy_vendor_command { |
| struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; |
| u32 flags; |
| int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| const void *data, int data_len); |
| int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, |
| unsigned long *storage); |
| const struct nla_policy *policy; |
| unsigned int maxattr; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type |
| * @iftype: interface type |
| * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, |
| * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the |
| * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are |
| * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std |
| * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. |
| * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values |
| * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities |
| */ |
| struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { |
| enum nl80211_iftype iftype; |
| const u8 *extended_capabilities; |
| const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; |
| u8 extended_capabilities_len; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities |
| * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement |
| * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement |
| * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement |
| * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported |
| * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported |
| * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported |
| * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data |
| * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data |
| * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) |
| * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) |
| * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported |
| * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily |
| * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) |
| * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if |
| * not limited) |
| * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported |
| * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { |
| unsigned int max_peers; |
| u8 report_ap_tsf:1, |
| randomize_mac_addr:1; |
| |
| struct { |
| u32 preambles; |
| u32 bandwidths; |
| s8 max_bursts_exponent; |
| u8 max_ftms_per_burst; |
| u8 supported:1, |
| asap:1, |
| non_asap:1, |
| request_lci:1, |
| request_civicloc:1, |
| trigger_based:1, |
| non_trigger_based:1; |
| } ftm; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm |
| * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the |
| * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. |
| * |
| * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types |
| * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites |
| * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites |
| */ |
| struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { |
| u16 iftypes_mask; |
| const u32 *akm_suites; |
| int n_akm_suites; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description |
| * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device |
| * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, |
| * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() |
| * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL |
| * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via |
| * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver |
| * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future |
| * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. |
| * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. |
| * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites |
| * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites |
| * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if |
| * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in |
| * iftype_akm_suites. |
| * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites |
| * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. |
| * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot |
| * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all |
| * instances of iftype_akm_suites). |
| * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm |
| * suites are specified separately. |
| * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) |
| * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) |
| * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); |
| * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used |
| * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled |
| * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in |
| * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device |
| * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, |
| * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last |
| * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual |
| * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with |
| * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. |
| * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. |
| * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer |
| * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used |
| * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to |
| * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle |
| * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. |
| * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against |
| * unregister hardware |
| * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). |
| * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames |
| * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in |
| * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() |
| * (see below). |
| * @wext: wireless extension handlers |
| * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) |
| * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, |
| * must be set by driver |
| * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not |
| * list single interface types. |
| * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. |
| * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not |
| * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. |
| * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags |
| * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see |
| * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags |
| * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. |
| * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see |
| * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. |
| * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, |
| * this variable determines its size |
| * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in |
| * any given scan |
| * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that |
| * the device can run concurrently. |
| * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan |
| * for in any given scheduled scan |
| * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle |
| * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not |
| * supported. |
| * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can |
| * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not |
| * include fixed IEs like supported rates |
| * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled |
| * scans |
| * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number |
| * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. |
| * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a |
| * single scan plan supported by the device. |
| * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single |
| * scan plan supported by the device. |
| * @coverage_class: current coverage class |
| * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting |
| * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting |
| * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device |
| * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary |
| * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers |
| * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device |
| * |
| * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or |
| * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface |
| * type |
| * |
| * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be |
| * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be |
| * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. |
| * |
| * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be |
| * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be |
| * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. |
| * |
| * @probe_resp_offload: |
| * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. |
| * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid |
| * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. |
| * |
| * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation |
| * may request, if implemented. |
| * |
| * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information |
| * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be |
| * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed |
| * to the suspend() operation instead. |
| * |
| * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. |
| * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. |
| * If null, then none can be over-ridden. |
| * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. |
| * If null, then none can be over-ridden. |
| * |
| * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must |
| * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. |
| * |
| * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device |
| * supports for ACL. |
| * |
| * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, |
| * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are |
| * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") |
| * and are in the same format as in the information element. See |
| * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default |
| * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified |
| * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. |
| * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values |
| * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities |
| * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type |
| * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended |
| * capabilities are specified separately. |
| * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information |
| * |
| * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware |
| * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands |
| * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware |
| * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events |
| * |
| * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode |
| * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The |
| * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in |
| * some cases, but may not always reach. |
| * |
| * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons |
| * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver |
| * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means |
| * infinite. |
| * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported |
| * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the |
| * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. |
| * |
| * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a |
| * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for |
| * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set |
| * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). |
| * |
| * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit |
| * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit |
| * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum |
| * |
| * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using |
| * wake_tx_queue |
| * |
| * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP |
| * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not |
| * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. |
| * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. |
| * |
| * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities |
| * |
| * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the |
| * device has |
| * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) |
| * supported by the driver for each vif |
| * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) |
| * supported by the driver for each peer |
| * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for |
| * long/short retry configuration |
| * |
| * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for |
| * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and |
| * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes |
| * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities |
| */ |
| struct wiphy { |
| struct mutex mtx; |
| |
| /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ |
| |
| u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; |
| u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; |
| |
| struct mac_address *addresses; |
| |
| const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; |
| |
| const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; |
| int n_iface_combinations; |
| u16 software_iftypes; |
| |
| u16 n_addresses; |
| |
| /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ |
| u16 interface_modes; |
| |
| u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; |
| |
| u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; |
| u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; |
| |
| u32 ap_sme_capa; |
| |
| enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; |
| |
| int bss_priv_size; |
| u8 max_scan_ssids; |
| u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; |
| u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; |
| u8 max_match_sets; |
| u16 max_scan_ie_len; |
| u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; |
| u32 max_sched_scan_plans; |
| u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; |
| u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; |
| |
| int n_cipher_suites; |
| const u32 *cipher_suites; |
| |
| int n_akm_suites; |
| const u32 *akm_suites; |
| |
| const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; |
| unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; |
| |
| u8 retry_short; |
| u8 retry_long; |
| u32 frag_threshold; |
| u32 rts_threshold; |
| u8 coverage_class; |
| |
| char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; |
| u32 hw_version; |
| |
| #ifdef CONFIG_PM |
| const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; |
| struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; |
| #endif |
| |
| u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; |
| |
| u8 max_num_pmkids; |
| |
| u32 available_antennas_tx; |
| u32 available_antennas_rx; |
| |
| u32 probe_resp_offload; |
| |
| const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; |
| u8 extended_capabilities_len; |
| |
| const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; |
| unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; |
| |
| const void *privid; |
| |
| struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; |
| |
| void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct regulatory_request *request); |
| |
| /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ |
| |
| const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; |
| |
| struct device dev; |
| |
| bool registered; |
| |
| struct dentry *debugfsdir; |
| |
| const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; |
| const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; |
| |
| struct list_head wdev_list; |
| |
| possible_net_t _net; |
| |
| #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT |
| const struct iw_handler_def *wext; |
| #endif |
| |
| const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; |
| |
| const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; |
| const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; |
| int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; |
| |
| u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; |
| |
| u8 max_num_csa_counters; |
| |
| u32 bss_select_support; |
| |
| u8 nan_supported_bands; |
| |
| u32 txq_limit; |
| u32 txq_memory_limit; |
| u32 txq_quantum; |
| |
| unsigned long tx_queue_len; |
| |
| u8 support_mbssid:1, |
| support_only_he_mbssid:1; |
| |
| const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; |
| |
| struct { |
| u64 peer, vif; |
| u8 max_retry; |
| } tid_config_support; |
| |
| u8 max_data_retry_count; |
| |
| const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; |
| |
| char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); |
| }; |
| |
| static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) |
| { |
| return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); |
| } |
| |
| static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) |
| { |
| write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy |
| * |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return |
| * Return: The priv of @wiphy. |
| */ |
| static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) |
| { |
| BUG_ON(!wiphy); |
| return &wiphy->priv; |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv |
| * |
| * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv |
| * Return: The wiphy of @priv. |
| */ |
| static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) |
| { |
| BUG_ON(!priv); |
| return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy |
| * |
| * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind |
| * @dev: The device to parent it to |
| */ |
| static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) |
| { |
| wiphy->dev.parent = dev; |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer |
| * |
| * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up |
| * Return: The dev of @wiphy. |
| */ |
| static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) |
| { |
| return wiphy->dev.parent; |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * wiphy_name - get wiphy name |
| * |
| * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return |
| * Return: The name of @wiphy. |
| */ |
| static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) |
| { |
| return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 |
| * |
| * @ops: The configuration operations for this device |
| * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate |
| * @requested_name: Request a particular name. |
| * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. |
| * |
| * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. |
| * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. |
| * |
| * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be |
| * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. |
| */ |
| struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, |
| const char *requested_name); |
| |
| /** |
| * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 |
| * |
| * @ops: The configuration operations for this device |
| * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate |
| * |
| * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. |
| * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. |
| * |
| * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be |
| * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. |
| */ |
| static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, |
| int sizeof_priv) |
| { |
| return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 |
| * |
| * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. |
| * |
| * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. |
| */ |
| int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
| |
| /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ |
| #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) |
| |
| /** |
| * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on |
| * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing |
| * |
| * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() |
| * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). |
| */ |
| #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ |
| rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) |
| |
| /** |
| * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on |
| * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing |
| * |
| * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the |
| * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. |
| */ |
| #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ |
| rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) |
| |
| /** |
| * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from |
| */ |
| const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
| |
| /** |
| * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 |
| * |
| * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. |
| * |
| * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv |
| * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding |
| * request that is being handled. |
| */ |
| void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
| |
| /** |
| * wiphy_free - free wiphy |
| * |
| * @wiphy: The wiphy to free |
| */ |
| void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
| |
| /* internal structs */ |
| struct cfg80211_conn; |
| struct cfg80211_internal_bss; |
| struct cfg80211_cached_keys; |
| struct cfg80211_cqm_config; |
| |
| /** |
| * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock |
| * |
| * This is mostly exposed so it can be done around registering and |
| * unregistering netdevs that aren't created through cfg80211 calls, |
| * since that requires locking in cfg80211 when the notifiers is |
| * called, but that cannot differentiate which way it's called. |
| * |
| * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. |
| */ |
| static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) |
| __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) |
| { |
| mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); |
| __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock |
| */ |
| static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) |
| __releases(&wiphy->mtx) |
| { |
| __release(&wiphy->mtx); |
| mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state |
| * |
| * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver |
| * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this |
| * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) |
| * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will |
| * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, |
| * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or |
| * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops |
| * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) |
| * |
| * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver |
| * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as |
| * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be |
| * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. |
| * |
| * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description |
| * @iftype: interface type |
| * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 |
| * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock |
| * for the notifier |
| * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces |
| * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL |
| * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this |
| * wireless device if it has no netdev |
| * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code |
| * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track |
| * the user-set channel definition. |
| * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to |
| * track the channel to be used for AP later |
| * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code |
| * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code |
| * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code |
| * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code |
| * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code |
| * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code |
| * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling |
| * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data |
| * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data |
| * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association |
| * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements |
| * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID |
| * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID |
| * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index |
| * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index |
| * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation |
| * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity |
| * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be |
| * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the |
| * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update |
| * by cfg80211 on change_interface |
| * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames |
| * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list |
| * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, |
| * need to propagate the update to the driver |
| * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers |
| * and some API functions require it held |
| * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting |
| * beacons, 0 when not valid |
| * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL |
| * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. |
| * the P2P Device. |
| * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started |
| * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. |
| * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms |
| * @ps: powersave mode is enabled |
| * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout |
| * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application |
| * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) |
| * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data |
| * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established |
| * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type |
| * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID |
| * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work |
| * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect |
| * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID |
| * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel |
| * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing |
| * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list |
| * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID |
| * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away |
| * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state |
| * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests |
| * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock |
| * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work |
| * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last |
| * unprotected beacon report |
| */ |
| struct wireless_dev { |
| struct wiphy *wiphy; |
| enum nl80211_iftype iftype; |
| |
| /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ |
| struct list_head list; |
| struct net_device *netdev; |
| |
| u32 identifier; |
| |
| struct list_head mgmt_registrations; |
| spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock; |
| u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; |
| |
| struct mutex mtx; |
| |
| bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; |
| |
| u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); |
| |
| /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ |
| u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; |
| u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; |
| struct cfg80211_conn *conn; |
| struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; |
| enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; |
| u32 conn_owner_nlportid; |
| |
| struct work_struct disconnect_wk; |
| u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; |
| |
| struct list_head event_list; |
| spinlock_t event_lock; |
| |
| struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; |
| |
| bool ibss_fixed; |
| bool ibss_dfs_possible; |
| |
| bool ps; |
| int ps_timeout; |
| |
| int beacon_interval; |
| |
| u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; |
| |
| u32 owner_nlportid; |
| bool nl_owner_dead; |
| |
| bool cac_started; |
| unsigned long cac_start_time; |
| unsigned int cac_time_ms; |
| |
| #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT |
| /* wext data */ |
| struct { |
| struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; |
| struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; |
| struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; |
| const u8 *ie; |
| size_t ie_len; |
| u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; |
| u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; |
| u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; |
| s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; |
| bool prev_bssid_valid; |
| } wext; |
| #endif |
| |
| struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; |
| |
| struct list_head pmsr_list; |
| spinlock_t pmsr_lock; |
| struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; |
| |
| unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; |
| }; |
| |
| static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) |
| { |
| if (wdev->netdev) |
| return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; |
| return wdev->address; |
| } |
| |
| static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) |
| { |
| if (wdev->netdev) |
| return netif_running(wdev->netdev); |
| return wdev->is_running; |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev |
| * |
| * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return |
| * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. |
| */ |
| static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) |
| { |
| BUG_ON(!wdev); |
| return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: Utility functions |
| * |
| * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel |
| * |
| * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel |
| * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel |
| * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b |
| */ |
| static inline bool |
| ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, |
| struct ieee80211_channel *b) |
| { |
| return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && |
| a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz |
| * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert |
| * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) |
| */ |
| static inline u32 |
| ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) |
| { |
| return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan |
| * |
| * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ |
| * @chan: channel |
| * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq |
| */ |
| enum nl80211_chan_width |
| ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency |
| * @chan: channel number |
| * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap |
| * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. |
| */ |
| u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency |
| * @chan: channel number |
| * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap |
| * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. |
| */ |
| static inline int |
| ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) |
| { |
| return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number |
| * @freq: center frequency in KHz |
| * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. |
| */ |
| int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number |
| * @freq: center frequency in MHz |
| * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. |
| */ |
| static inline int |
| ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) |
| { |
| return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified |
| * frequency |
| * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for |
| * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel |
| * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_channel * |
| ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency |
| * |
| * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for |
| * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel |
| * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. |
| */ |
| static inline struct ieee80211_channel * |
| ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) |
| { |
| return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC |
| * @chan: control channel to check |
| * |
| * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in |
| * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 |
| */ |
| static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) |
| { |
| if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) |
| return false; |
| |
| return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate |
| * |
| * @sband: the band to look for rates in |
| * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates |
| * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate |
| * |
| * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that |
| * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, |
| * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of |
| * rates in the band's bitrate table. |
| */ |
| struct ieee80211_rate * |
| ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
| u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band |
| * @sband: the band to look for rates in |
| * @scan_width: width of the control channel |
| * |
| * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given |
| * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. |
| */ |
| u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, |
| enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); |
| |
| /* |
| * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support |
| * |
| * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c |
| * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst |
| */ |
| |
| struct radiotap_align_size { |
| uint8_t align:4, size:4; |
| }; |
| |
| struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { |
| const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; |
| int n_bits; |
| uint32_t oui; |
| uint8_t subns; |
| }; |
| |
| struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { |
| const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; |
| int n_ns; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args |
| * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call |
| * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() |
| * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each |
| * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after |
| * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to |
| * the beginning of the actual data portion |
| * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience |
| * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition |
| * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) |
| * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default |
| * radiotap namespace or not |
| * |
| * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through |
| * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering |
| * @_arg_index: next argument index |
| * @_arg: next argument pointer |
| * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 |
| * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present |
| * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions |
| * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data |
| * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the |
| * next bitmap word |
| * |
| * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore |
| * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. |
| */ |
| |
| struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { |
| struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; |
| const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; |
| const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; |
| |
| unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; |
| __le32 *_next_bitmap; |
| |
| unsigned char *this_arg; |
| int this_arg_index; |
| int this_arg_size; |
| |
| int is_radiotap_ns; |
| |
| int _max_length; |
| int _arg_index; |
| uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; |
| int _reset_on_ext; |
| }; |
| |
| int |
| ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, |
| struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, |
| int max_length, |
| const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); |
| |
| int |
| ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); |
| |
| |
| extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; |
| extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data |
| * |
| * @skb: the frame |
| * |
| * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function |
| * returns the 802.11 header length. |
| * |
| * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption |
| * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid |
| * 802.11 header. |
| */ |
| unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control |
| * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format |
| * Return: The header length in bytes. |
| */ |
| unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length |
| * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field |
| * (first byte) will be accessed |
| * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at |
| * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. |
| */ |
| unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: Data path helpers |
| * |
| * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers |
| * functions that help implement the data path for devices |
| * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 |
| * @skb: the 802.11 data frame |
| * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead |
| * of it being pushed into the SKB |
| * @addr: the device MAC address |
| * @iftype: the virtual interface type |
| * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header |
| * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. |
| */ |
| int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, |
| const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, |
| u8 data_offset); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 |
| * @skb: the 802.11 data frame |
| * @addr: the device MAC address |
| * @iftype: the virtual interface type |
| * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. |
| */ |
| static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, |
| enum nl80211_iftype iftype) |
| { |
| return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame |
| * |
| * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. |
| * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully |
| * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. |
| * |
| * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. |
| * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and |
| * initialized by the caller. |
| * @addr: The device MAC address. |
| * @iftype: The device interface type. |
| * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. |
| * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL |
| * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL |
| */ |
| void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, |
| const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, |
| const unsigned int extra_headroom, |
| const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame |
| * @skb: the data frame |
| * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use |
| * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. |
| */ |
| unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, |
| struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data |
| * |
| * @eid: element ID |
| * @ies: data consisting of IEs |
| * @len: length of data |
| * @match: byte array to match |
| * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array |
| * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. |
| * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers |
| * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take |
| * the data portion instead. |
| * |
| * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if |
| * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given |
| * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the |
| * requested element struct. |
| * |
| * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than |
| * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the |
| * byte array to match. |
| */ |
| const struct element * |
| cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, |
| const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, |
| unsigned int match_offset); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data |
| * |
| * @eid: element ID |
| * @ies: data consisting of IEs |
| * @len: length of data |
| * @match: byte array to match |
| * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array |
| * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. |
| * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. |
| * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first |
| * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and |
| * the second byte is the IE length. |
| * |
| * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if |
| * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given |
| * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first |
| * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the |
| * element ID. |
| * |
| * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than |
| * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the |
| * byte array to match. |
| */ |
| static inline const u8 * |
| cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, |
| const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, |
| unsigned int match_offset) |
| { |
| /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is |
| * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. |
| */ |
| if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || |
| (!match_len && match_offset))) |
| return NULL; |
| |
| return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, |
| match, match_len, |
| match_offset ? |
| match_offset - 2 : 0); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data |
| * |
| * @eid: element ID |
| * @ies: data consisting of IEs |
| * @len: length of data |
| * |
| * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if |
| * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given |
| * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the |
| * requested element struct. |
| * |
| * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than |
| * having to fit into the given data. |
| */ |
| static inline const struct element * |
| cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) |
| { |
| return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data |
| * |
| * @eid: element ID |
| * @ies: data consisting of IEs |
| * @len: length of data |
| * |
| * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if |
| * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given |
| * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested |
| * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. |
| * |
| * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than |
| * having to fit into the given data. |
| */ |
| static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) |
| { |
| return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data |
| * |
| * @ext_eid: element ID Extension |
| * @ies: data consisting of IEs |
| * @len: length of data |
| * |
| * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if |
| * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given |
| * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the |
| * requested element struct. |
| * |
| * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than |
| * having to fit into the given data. |
| */ |
| static inline const struct element * |
| cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) |
| { |
| return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, |
| &ext_eid, 1, 0); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data |
| * |
| * @ext_eid: element ID Extension |
| * @ies: data consisting of IEs |
| * @len: length of data |
| * |
| * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if |
| * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given |
| * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested |
| * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. |
| * |
| * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than |
| * having to fit into the given data. |
| */ |
| static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) |
| { |
| return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, |
| &ext_eid, 1, 2); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data |
| * |
| * @oui: vendor OUI |
| * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any |
| * @ies: data consisting of IEs |
| * @len: length of data |
| * |
| * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the |
| * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise |
| * return the element structure for the requested element. |
| * |
| * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into |
| * the given data. |
| */ |
| const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, |
| const u8 *ies, |
| unsigned int len); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data |
| * |
| * @oui: vendor OUI |
| * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any |
| * @ies: data consisting of IEs |
| * @len: length of data |
| * |
| * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the |
| * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to |
| * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the |
| * element ID. |
| * |
| * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into |
| * the given data. |
| */ |
| static inline const u8 * |
| cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, |
| const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) |
| { |
| return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame |
| * |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @addr: STA MAC address |
| * |
| * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge |
| * devices upon STA association. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure |
| * |
| * TODO |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain |
| * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting |
| * conflicts) |
| * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain |
| * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you |
| * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted |
| * alpha2. |
| * |
| * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core |
| * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by |
| * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory |
| * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. |
| * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried |
| * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. |
| * |
| * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. |
| * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), |
| * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). |
| * |
| * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get |
| * an -ENOMEM. |
| * |
| * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. |
| */ |
| int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); |
| |
| /** |
| * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers |
| * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on |
| * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy |
| * |
| * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they |
| * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more |
| * information. |
| * |
| * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM |
| */ |
| int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); |
| |
| /** |
| * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers |
| * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on |
| * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy |
| * |
| * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and |
| * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details |
| * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). |
| * |
| * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM |
| */ |
| int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); |
| |
| /** |
| * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain |
| * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on |
| * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy |
| * |
| * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply |
| * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory |
| * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The |
| * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous |
| * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a |
| * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. |
| * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag |
| * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy |
| * that called this helper. |
| */ |
| void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); |
| |
| /** |
| * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for |
| * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for |
| * |
| * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on |
| * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain |
| * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received |
| * and processed already. |
| * |
| * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule |
| * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to |
| * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return |
| * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even |
| * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. |
| * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is |
| * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. |
| */ |
| const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| u32 center_freq); |
| |
| /** |
| * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name |
| * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator |
| * |
| * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a |
| * proper string representation. |
| */ |
| const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); |
| |
| /** |
| * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom |
| * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. |
| * |
| * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). |
| */ |
| bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions |
| * |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule |
| * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively |
| * |
| * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. |
| * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. |
| * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. |
| * |
| * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query |
| * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given |
| * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. |
| * |
| * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get |
| * an -ENODATA. |
| * |
| * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. |
| */ |
| int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, |
| struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); |
| |
| /* |
| * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification |
| * functions and BSS handling helpers |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished |
| * |
| * @request: the corresponding scan request |
| * @info: information about the completed scan |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, |
| struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available |
| * |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results |
| * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped |
| * |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped |
| * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request |
| * |
| * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the |
| * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver |
| * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped |
| * |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped |
| * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request |
| * |
| * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the |
| * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver |
| * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. |
| * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS |
| * @data: the BSS metadata |
| * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) |
| * @len: length of the management frame |
| * @gfp: context flags |
| * |
| * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and |
| * the BSS should be updated/added. |
| * |
| * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! |
| * Or %NULL on error. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check |
| cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, |
| struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, |
| gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check |
| cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, |
| enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, |
| struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, |
| s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) |
| { |
| struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { |
| .chan = rx_channel, |
| .scan_width = scan_width, |
| .signal = signal, |
| }; |
| |
| return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); |
| } |
| |
| static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check |
| cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, |
| struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, |
| s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) |
| { |
| struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { |
| .chan = rx_channel, |
| .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, |
| .signal = signal, |
| }; |
| |
| return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID |
| * @bssid: transmitter BSSID |
| * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element |
| * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element |
| * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID |
| */ |
| static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, |
| u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) |
| { |
| u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); |
| u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); |
| u64 new_bssid_u64; |
| |
| new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; |
| |
| new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; |
| |
| u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited |
| * @element: element to check |
| * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element |
| */ |
| bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, |
| const struct element *non_inherit_element); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs |
| * @ie: ies |
| * @ielen: length of IEs |
| * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element |
| * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) |
| * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile |
| * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length |
| */ |
| size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, |
| const struct element *mbssid_elem, |
| const struct element *sub_elem, |
| u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); |
| |
| /** |
| * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from |
| * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is |
| * from a beacon or probe response |
| * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon |
| * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response |
| */ |
| enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { |
| CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, |
| CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, |
| CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS |
| * |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS |
| * @data: the BSS metadata |
| * @ftype: frame type (if known) |
| * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS |
| * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) |
| * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer |
| * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer |
| * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer |
| * @ielen: length of the additional IEs |
| * @gfp: context flags |
| * |
| * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and |
| * the BSS should be updated/added. |
| * |
| * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! |
| * Or %NULL on error. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check |
| cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, |
| enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, |
| const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, |
| u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, |
| gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check |
| cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, |
| enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, |
| enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, |
| const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, |
| u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, |
| s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) |
| { |
| struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { |
| .chan = rx_channel, |
| .scan_width = scan_width, |
| .signal = signal, |
| }; |
| |
| return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, |
| capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, |
| gfp); |
| } |
| |
| static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check |
| cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, |
| enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, |
| const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, |
| u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, |
| s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) |
| { |
| struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { |
| .chan = rx_channel, |
| .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, |
| .signal = signal, |
| }; |
| |
| return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, |
| capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, |
| gfp); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to |
| * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) |
| * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) |
| * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) |
| * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) |
| * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type |
| * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct ieee80211_channel *channel, |
| const u8 *bssid, |
| const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, |
| enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, |
| enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); |
| static inline struct cfg80211_bss * |
| cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct ieee80211_channel *channel, |
| const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) |
| { |
| return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, |
| IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, |
| IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to |
| * @bss: the BSS struct to reference |
| * |
| * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to |
| * @bss: the BSS struct |
| * |
| * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy |
| * @bss: the bss to remove |
| * |
| * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures |
| * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this |
| * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time |
| * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries |
| * |
| * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy |
| * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not |
| * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. |
| * |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy |
| * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel |
| * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. |
| * @iter: the iterator function to call |
| * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
| void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct cfg80211_bss *bss, |
| void *data), |
| void *iter_data); |
| |
| static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width |
| cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) |
| { |
| switch (chandef->width) { |
| case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: |
| return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; |
| case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: |
| return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; |
| default: |
| return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; |
| } |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) |
| * @len: length of the frame data |
| * |
| * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or |
| * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. |
| * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must |
| * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). |
| * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must |
| * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). |
| * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed |
| * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used |
| * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function |
| * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. |
| * |
| * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out |
| * |
| * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's |
| * mutex. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer |
| * moves to cfg80211 in this call |
| * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) |
| * @len: length of the frame data |
| * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format |
| * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field |
| * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame |
| * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data |
| * |
| * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must |
| * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). |
| * |
| * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_bss *bss, |
| const u8 *buf, size_t len, |
| int uapsd_queues, |
| const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. |
| * |
| * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. |
| * |
| * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, |
| * an association attempt was abandoned. |
| * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) |
| * @len: length of the frame data |
| * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) |
| * |
| * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in |
| * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and |
| * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the |
| * corresponding wdev's mutex. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, |
| bool reconnect); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @buf: received management frame (header + body) |
| * @len: length of the frame data |
| * |
| * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc |
| * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the |
| * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon |
| * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while |
| * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). |
| * |
| * This function may sleep. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *buf, size_t len); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame |
| * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used |
| * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. |
| * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a |
| * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() |
| * primitive. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, |
| enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, |
| const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS |
| * |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined |
| * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or |
| * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, |
| * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of |
| * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called |
| * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is |
| * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, |
| struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer |
| * candidate |
| * |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate |
| * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate |
| * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been |
| * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. |
| * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, |
| int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: RFkill integration |
| * |
| * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, |
| * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each |
| * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated |
| * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are |
| * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. |
| * |
| * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they |
| * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. |
| * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy |
| * @blocked: block status |
| */ |
| void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked); |
| |
| /** |
| * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy |
| */ |
| void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
| |
| /** |
| * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy |
| */ |
| void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
| |
| /** |
| * DOC: Vendor commands |
| * |
| * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that |
| * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the |
| * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with |
| * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as |
| * the configuration mechanism. |
| * |
| * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array |
| * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an |
| * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. |
| * |
| * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol |
| * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, |
| * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any |
| * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection |
| * managers etc. need. |
| */ |
| |
| struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| enum nl80211_commands cmd, |
| enum nl80211_attrs attr, |
| int approxlen); |
| |
| struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| enum nl80211_commands cmd, |
| enum nl80211_attrs attr, |
| unsigned int portid, |
| int vendor_event_idx, |
| int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy |
| * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will |
| * be put into the skb |
| * |
| * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to |
| * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling |
| * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. |
| * |
| * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in |
| * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), |
| * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done |
| * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool |
| * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. |
| * You must not modify the skb in any other way. |
| * |
| * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return |
| * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. |
| * |
| * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. |
| */ |
| static inline struct sk_buff * |
| cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) |
| { |
| return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, |
| NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb |
| * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with |
| * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() |
| * |
| * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing |
| * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should |
| * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the |
| * skb regardless of the return value. |
| * |
| * Return: An error code or 0 on success. |
| */ |
| int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy |
| * |
| * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. |
| * Valid to call only there. |
| */ |
| unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy |
| * @wdev: the wireless device |
| * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events |
| * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will |
| * be put into the skb |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the |
| * vendor-specific multicast group. |
| * |
| * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified |
| * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data |
| * attribute. |
| * |
| * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the |
| * skb to send the event. |
| * |
| * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. |
| */ |
| static inline struct sk_buff * |
| cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) |
| { |
| return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, |
| NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, |
| 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy |
| * @wdev: the wireless device |
| * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events |
| * @portid: port ID of the receiver |
| * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will |
| * be put into the skb |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to |
| * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been |
| * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take |
| * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. |
| * |
| * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified |
| * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data |
| * attribute. |
| * |
| * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the |
| * skb to send the event. |
| * |
| * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. |
| */ |
| static inline struct sk_buff * |
| cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| unsigned int portid, int approxlen, |
| int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) |
| { |
| return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, |
| NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, |
| portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event |
| * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated |
| * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. |
| */ |
| static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) |
| { |
| __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); |
| } |
| |
| #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE |
| /** |
| * DOC: Test mode |
| * |
| * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to |
| * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, |
| * factory programming. |
| * |
| * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more |
| * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. |
| */ |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy |
| * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will |
| * be put into the skb |
| * |
| * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to |
| * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling |
| * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. |
| * |
| * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in |
| * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), |
| * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done |
| * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool |
| * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You |
| * must not modify the skb in any other way. |
| * |
| * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return |
| * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. |
| * |
| * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. |
| */ |
| static inline struct sk_buff * |
| cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) |
| { |
| return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, |
| NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb |
| * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with |
| * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() |
| * |
| * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing |
| * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return |
| * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb |
| * regardless of the return value. |
| * |
| * Return: An error code or 0 on success. |
| */ |
| static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) |
| { |
| return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy |
| * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will |
| * be put into the skb |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the |
| * testmode multicast group. |
| * |
| * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with |
| * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As |
| * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the |
| * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb |
| * in any other way. |
| * |
| * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the |
| * skb to send the event. |
| * |
| * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. |
| */ |
| static inline struct sk_buff * |
| cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) |
| { |
| return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, |
| NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, |
| approxlen, gfp); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event |
| * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with |
| * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated |
| * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always |
| * consumes it. |
| */ |
| static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) |
| { |
| __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); |
| } |
| |
| #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), |
| #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), |
| #else |
| #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) |
| #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) |
| #endif |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params |
| * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) |
| * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets |
| * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in |
| * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. |
| * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in |
| * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the |
| * status for a FILS connection. |
| * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). |
| * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets |
| * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID |
| * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { |
| const u8 *kek; |
| size_t kek_len; |
| bool update_erp_next_seq_num; |
| u16 erp_next_seq_num; |
| const u8 *pmk; |
| size_t pmk_len; |
| const u8 *pmkid; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params |
| * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use |
| * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you |
| * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a |
| * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame |
| * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to |
| * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. |
| * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that |
| * case. |
| * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) |
| * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through |
| * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the |
| * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return |
| * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the |
| * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. |
| * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. |
| * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) |
| * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length |
| * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) |
| * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length |
| * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. |
| * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the |
| * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from |
| * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is |
| * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the |
| * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. |
| * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { |
| int status; |
| const u8 *bssid; |
| struct cfg80211_bss *bss; |
| const u8 *req_ie; |
| size_t req_ie_len; |
| const u8 *resp_ie; |
| size_t resp_ie_len; |
| struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; |
| enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result |
| * |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @params: connection response parameters |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection |
| * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to |
| * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response |
| * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), |
| * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), |
| * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, |
| gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result |
| * |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP |
| * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through |
| * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the |
| * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return |
| * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the |
| * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. |
| * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. |
| * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) |
| * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length |
| * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) |
| * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length |
| * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use |
| * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you |
| * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a |
| * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame |
| * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to |
| * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. |
| * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that |
| * case. |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the |
| * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from |
| * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is |
| * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the |
| * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. |
| * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). |
| * |
| * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection |
| * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to |
| * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss |
| * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among |
| * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), |
| * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. |
| */ |
| static inline void |
| cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, |
| struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, |
| size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, |
| size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, |
| enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) |
| { |
| struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; |
| |
| memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); |
| params.status = status; |
| params.bssid = bssid; |
| params.bss = bss; |
| params.req_ie = req_ie; |
| params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; |
| params.resp_ie = resp_ie; |
| params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; |
| params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; |
| |
| cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result |
| * |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP |
| * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) |
| * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length |
| * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) |
| * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length |
| * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use |
| * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you |
| * the real status code for failures. |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection |
| * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to |
| * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only |
| * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), |
| * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. |
| */ |
| static inline void |
| cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, |
| const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, |
| const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, |
| u16 status, gfp_t gfp) |
| { |
| cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, |
| resp_ie_len, status, gfp, |
| NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout |
| * |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP |
| * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) |
| * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. |
| * |
| * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed |
| * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was |
| * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send |
| * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while |
| * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among |
| * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), |
| * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. |
| */ |
| static inline void |
| cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, |
| const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, |
| enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) |
| { |
| cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, |
| gfp, timeout_reason); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information |
| * |
| * @channel: the channel of the new AP |
| * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) |
| * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) |
| * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) |
| * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length |
| * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) |
| * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length |
| * @fils: FILS related roaming information. |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_roam_info { |
| struct ieee80211_channel *channel; |
| struct cfg80211_bss *bss; |
| const u8 *bssid; |
| const u8 *req_ie; |
| size_t req_ie_len; |
| const u8 *resp_ie; |
| size_t resp_ie_len; |
| struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming |
| * |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the |
| * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. |
| * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP |
| * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in |
| * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where |
| * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the |
| * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling |
| * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released |
| * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be |
| * released while disconnecting from the current bss. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, |
| gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association |
| * |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake |
| * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., |
| * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function |
| * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), |
| * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to |
| * indicate the 802.11 association. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, |
| gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped |
| * |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) |
| * @ie_len: length of IEs |
| * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown |
| * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state |
| * and not try to connect to any AP any more. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, |
| const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, |
| bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start |
| * @wdev: wireless device |
| * @cookie: the request cookie |
| * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) |
| * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the |
| * channel |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, |
| struct ieee80211_channel *chan, |
| unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired |
| * @wdev: wireless device |
| * @cookie: the request cookie |
| * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, |
| struct ieee80211_channel *chan, |
| gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired |
| * @wdev: wireless device |
| * @cookie: the requested cookie |
| * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, |
| struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. |
| * |
| * @sinfo: the station information |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| */ |
| int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info |
| * @sinfo: the station information |
| * |
| * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station |
| * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on |
| * the stack.) |
| */ |
| static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) |
| { |
| kfree(sinfo->pertid); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station |
| * |
| * @dev: the netdev |
| * @mac_addr: the station's address |
| * @sinfo: the station information |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, |
| struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station |
| * @dev: the netdev |
| * @mac_addr: the station's address |
| * @sinfo: the station information/statistics |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, |
| struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station |
| * |
| * @dev: the netdev |
| * @mac_addr: the station's address |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| */ |
| static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) |
| { |
| cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification |
| * |
| * @dev: the netdev |
| * @mac_addr: the station's address |
| * @reason: the reason for connection failure |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station |
| * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection |
| * for some reasons, this function is called. |
| * |
| * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from |
| * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, |
| enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, |
| gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame |
| * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame |
| * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz |
| * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown |
| * @buf: Management frame (header + body) |
| * @len: length of the frame data |
| * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags |
| * |
| * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station |
| * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. |
| * |
| * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. |
| * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized |
| * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the |
| * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. |
| */ |
| bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, |
| const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame |
| * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame |
| * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz |
| * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown |
| * @buf: Management frame (header + body) |
| * @len: length of the frame data |
| * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags |
| * |
| * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station |
| * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. |
| * |
| * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. |
| * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized |
| * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the |
| * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. |
| */ |
| static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, |
| int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, |
| u32 flags) |
| { |
| return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(wdev, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), sig_dbm, buf, len, |
| flags); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame |
| * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame |
| * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() |
| * @buf: Management frame (header + body) |
| * @len: length of the frame data |
| * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged |
| * @gfp: context flags |
| * |
| * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be |
| * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the |
| * transmission attempt. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, |
| const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control |
| * port frames |
| * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame |
| * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() |
| * @buf: Data frame (header + body) |
| * @len: length of the frame data |
| * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged |
| * @gfp: context flags |
| * |
| * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be |
| * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of |
| * the transmission attempt. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, |
| const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, |
| gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame |
| * @dev: The device the frame matched to |
| * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf |
| * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. |
| * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is |
| * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that |
| * skb->protocol is set appropriately. |
| * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted |
| * |
| * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port |
| * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive |
| * control port frames over nl80211. |
| * |
| * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all |
| * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). |
| * |
| * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace |
| */ |
| bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, |
| struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event |
| * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available |
| * @gfp: context flags |
| * |
| * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring |
| * rssi threshold reached event occurs. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, |
| enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, |
| s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @peer: peer's MAC address |
| * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold |
| * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent |
| * threshold (to account for temporary interference) |
| * @gfp: context flags |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @peer: peer's MAC address |
| * @num_packets: how many packets were lost |
| * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission |
| * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. |
| * @gfp: context flags |
| * |
| * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a |
| * given interval is exceeded. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, |
| u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @gfp: context flags |
| * |
| * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy |
| * @chandef: chandef for the current channel |
| * @gfp: context flags |
| * |
| * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified |
| * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value |
| * @gfp: context flags |
| * |
| * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action |
| * frame. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, |
| struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, |
| gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event |
| * @netdev: network device |
| * @chandef: chandef for the current channel |
| * @event: type of event |
| * @gfp: context flags |
| * |
| * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished |
| * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, |
| * also by full-MAC drivers. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, |
| const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
| enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) |
| * @replay_ctr: new replay counter |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, |
| const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate |
| * @dev: network device |
| * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) |
| * @bssid: BSSID of AP |
| * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, |
| const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame |
| * @dev: The device the frame matched to |
| * @addr: the transmitter address |
| * @gfp: context flags |
| * |
| * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that |
| * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the |
| * sender. |
| * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed |
| * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) |
| */ |
| bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame |
| * @dev: The device the frame matched to |
| * @addr: the transmitter address |
| * @gfp: context flags |
| * |
| * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that |
| * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. |
| * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each |
| * station to avoid event flooding. |
| * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed |
| * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) |
| */ |
| bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, |
| const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status |
| * @dev: the device the probe was sent on |
| * @addr: the address of the peer |
| * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously |
| * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not |
| * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. |
| * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, |
| u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, |
| bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs |
| * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon |
| * @frame: the frame |
| * @len: length of the frame |
| * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz |
| * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown |
| * |
| * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was |
| * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no |
| * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, |
| size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs |
| * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon |
| * @frame: the frame |
| * @len: length of the frame |
| * @freq: frequency the frame was received on |
| * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown |
| * |
| * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was |
| * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no |
| * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. |
| */ |
| static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| const u8 *frame, size_t len, |
| int freq, int sig_dbm) |
| { |
| cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), |
| sig_dbm); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy |
| * @chandef: the channel definition |
| * @iftype: interface type |
| * |
| * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) |
| * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) |
| */ |
| bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
| enum nl80211_iftype iftype); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy |
| * @chandef: the channel definition |
| * @iftype: interface type |
| * |
| * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) |
| * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version |
| * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under |
| * more permissive conditions. |
| * |
| * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. |
| */ |
| bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
| enum nl80211_iftype iftype); |
| |
| /* |
| * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace |
| * @dev: the device which switched channels |
| * @chandef: the new channel definition |
| * |
| * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable |
| * driver context! |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); |
| |
| /* |
| * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start |
| * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started |
| * @chandef: the future channel definition |
| * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens |
| * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP |
| * |
| * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just |
| * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting |
| * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, |
| struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
| u8 count, bool quiet); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band |
| * |
| * @operating_class: the operating class to convert |
| * @band: band pointer to fill |
| * |
| * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. |
| */ |
| bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, |
| enum nl80211_band *band); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class |
| * |
| * @chandef: the chandef to convert |
| * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class |
| * |
| * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. |
| */ |
| bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, |
| u8 *op_class); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz |
| * |
| * @chandef: the chandef to convert |
| * |
| * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. |
| */ |
| static inline u32 |
| ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) |
| { |
| return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; |
| } |
| |
| /* |
| * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation |
| * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested |
| * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device |
| * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or |
| * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) |
| * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that |
| * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP |
| * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use |
| * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., |
| * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, |
| enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, |
| u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /* |
| * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) |
| * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from |
| * |
| * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 |
| */ |
| u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev |
| * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove |
| * |
| * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary |
| * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device |
| * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called |
| * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device |
| * is unbound from the driver. |
| * |
| * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev |
| * @dev: the netdev to register |
| * |
| * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather |
| * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is |
| * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable |
| * instead as well. |
| * |
| * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. |
| */ |
| int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev |
| * @dev: the netdev to register |
| * |
| * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather |
| * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL |
| * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are |
| * usable instead as well. |
| * |
| * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. |
| */ |
| static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) |
| { |
| cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements |
| * @ies: FT IEs |
| * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes |
| * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address |
| * @ric_ies: RIC IE |
| * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { |
| const u8 *ies; |
| size_t ies_len; |
| const u8 *target_ap; |
| const u8 *ric_ies; |
| size_t ric_ies_len; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE |
| * @netdev: network device |
| * @ft_event: IE information |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, |
| struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer |
| * @ies: the input IE buffer |
| * @len: the input length |
| * @attr: the attribute ID to find |
| * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. |
| * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size |
| * @bufsize: size of the output buffer |
| * |
| * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and |
| * copies its contents to the given buffer. |
| * |
| * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is |
| * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the |
| * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). |
| */ |
| int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, |
| enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, |
| u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) |
| * @ies: the IE buffer |
| * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer |
| * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before |
| * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next |
| * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. |
| * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array |
| * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element |
| * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array |
| * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer |
| * |
| * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset |
| * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be |
| * split. |
| * |
| * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this |
| * has to be guaranteed by the caller! |
| * |
| * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered |
| * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not |
| * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. |
| * |
| * The function returns the offset where the next part of the |
| * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) |
| * of the buffer should be used. |
| */ |
| size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, |
| const u8 *ids, int n_ids, |
| const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, |
| size_t offset); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering |
| * @ies: the IE buffer |
| * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer |
| * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before |
| * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next |
| * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. |
| * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array |
| * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer |
| * |
| * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset |
| * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be |
| * split. |
| * |
| * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this |
| * has to be guaranteed by the caller! |
| * |
| * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered |
| * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not |
| * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. |
| * |
| * The function returns the offset where the next part of the |
| * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) |
| * of the buffer should be used. |
| */ |
| static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, |
| const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) |
| { |
| return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN |
| * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup |
| * @wakeup: the wakeup report |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it |
| * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may |
| * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something |
| * else caused the wakeup. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, |
| gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. |
| * |
| * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted |
| * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given |
| * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy |
| * |
| * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. |
| */ |
| unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations |
| * |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy |
| * @params: the interface combinations parameter |
| * |
| * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a |
| * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to |
| * the interface combinations. |
| */ |
| int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct iface_combination_params *params); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations |
| * |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy |
| * @params: the interface combinations parameter |
| * @iter: function to call for each matching combination |
| * @data: pointer to pass to iter function |
| * |
| * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible |
| * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching |
| * purposes. |
| */ |
| int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| struct iface_combination_params *params, |
| void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, |
| void *data), |
| void *data); |
| |
| /* |
| * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection |
| * |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy |
| * @wdev: wireless device |
| * @gfp: context flags |
| * |
| * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA |
| * disconnected. |
| * |
| * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down |
| * |
| * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by |
| * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). |
| * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors |
| * that really can't be recovered in any other way. |
| * |
| * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into |
| * the driver while the function is running. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
| |
| /** |
| * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag |
| * |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. |
| * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. |
| * |
| * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see |
| * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) |
| */ |
| static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) |
| { |
| u8 *ft_byte; |
| |
| ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; |
| *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag |
| * |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. |
| * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. |
| * |
| * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see |
| * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) |
| */ |
| static inline bool |
| wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, |
| enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) |
| { |
| u8 ft_byte; |
| |
| ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; |
| return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; |
| } |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function |
| * @f: NAN function that should be freed |
| * |
| * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); |
| |
| /** |
| * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters |
| * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is |
| * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. |
| * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery |
| * result. |
| * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. |
| * @inst_id: the local instance id |
| * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function |
| * @addr: the MAC address of the peer |
| * @info_len: the length of the &info |
| * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) |
| * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function |
| */ |
| struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { |
| enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; |
| u8 inst_id; |
| u8 peer_inst_id; |
| const u8 *addr; |
| u8 info_len; |
| const u8 *info; |
| u64 cookie; |
| }; |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. |
| * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match |
| * @match: match notification parameters |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This |
| * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that |
| * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. |
| * |
| * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match |
| * @inst_id: the local instance id |
| * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) |
| * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| u8 inst_id, |
| enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, |
| u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /* ethtool helper */ |
| void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication |
| * @netdev: network device |
| * @params: External authentication parameters |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error |
| */ |
| int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, |
| struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, |
| gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data |
| * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement |
| * @req: the original measurement request |
| * @result: the result data |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, |
| struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, |
| gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed |
| * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement |
| * @req: the original measurement request |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| * |
| * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this |
| * the request pointer will no longer be valid. |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, |
| struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, |
| gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy |
| * @iftype: interface type |
| * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' |
| * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces |
| * |
| * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API |
| * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when |
| * check_swif is '1'. |
| */ |
| bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, |
| bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); |
| |
| |
| /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ |
| |
| /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ |
| |
| #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ |
| dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
| #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
| dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
| #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
| dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
| #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
| dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
| #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
| dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
| #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
| dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
| #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
| dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
| #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
| dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
| |
| #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
| dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
| #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
| dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
| |
| #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
| wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) |
| |
| #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
| dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) |
| |
| #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) |
| #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg |
| #else |
| #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
| ({ \ |
| if (0) \ |
| wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ |
| 0; \ |
| }) |
| #endif |
| |
| /* |
| * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference |
| * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the |
| * file/line information and a backtrace. |
| */ |
| #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ |
| WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space |
| * @netdev: network device |
| * @owe_info: peer's owe info |
| * @gfp: allocation flags |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, |
| struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, |
| gfp_t gfp); |
| |
| /** |
| * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries |
| * @wiphy: the wiphy |
| */ |
| void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); |
| |
| #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ |
